WO2020156180A1 - Communication method, terminal device, and access network device - Google Patents

Communication method, terminal device, and access network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020156180A1
WO2020156180A1 PCT/CN2020/072295 CN2020072295W WO2020156180A1 WO 2020156180 A1 WO2020156180 A1 WO 2020156180A1 CN 2020072295 W CN2020072295 W CN 2020072295W WO 2020156180 A1 WO2020156180 A1 WO 2020156180A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
message
terminal device
cot
access network
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/072295
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王俊伟
刘建琴
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020156180A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020156180A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/002Transmission of channel access control information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/04Scheduled access
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0808Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method, terminal equipment, and access network equipment.
  • MBB mobile broadband
  • Increasing spectrum resources can improve network performance.
  • unlicensed (unlicensed) frequency band resources Unlicensed frequency bands have a shared nature.
  • Multiple communication systems can receive and send data in this unlicensed frequency band, but they need to meet the legal constraints of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). (Listen Before Talk, LBT) and other listening technologies access the channel.
  • ITU International Telecommunication Union
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, terminal equipment, and access network equipment, in order to improve the efficiency of successfully sending messages and reduce communication delay.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the terminal device receives the first message sent by the access network device.
  • the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send the configuration parameters of the second message, where the configuration parameters include the authorized time domain location of the second message;
  • the terminal device sends the second message until the first condition is met; when the authorized time domain position is not within the COT, or when the terminal device does not receive the COT, the terminal device Send the second message until the second condition is met.
  • the terminal device can send the second message multiple times within the COT indicated by the access network device and not within the COT, which can improve the efficiency of successfully sending the second message without waiting for the next message indicated by the access network device. COT, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the second message.
  • a possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain location for sending the second message is not Within COT.
  • Another possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold.
  • the terminal device stops sending the second message.
  • the first threshold here refers to the number of times the second message is sent when the authorized time domain location is within the COT.
  • the first threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
  • the terminal device obtains the first threshold.
  • the second condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold. Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, if any one of the second conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
  • the second threshold here refers to the number of times that the authorized time domain location does not send the second message within the COT.
  • the second threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
  • the terminal device obtains the second threshold.
  • this application can determine the time domain of the next second message transmission based on the offset and the time domain position of the previous second message. position.
  • the offset is represented by the first offset.
  • the first offset is used to indicate the time offset between the authorized time domain position within the COT where the second message is sent twice.
  • the terminal device obtains the first offset.
  • the offset is represented by the second offset, and the second offset is used to indicate that the authorized time domain position is not in the COT or has not been received
  • the terminal device obtains the second offset.
  • the time offset between the time domain positions may specifically be the time offset between the time domain start positions; alternatively, it may be the time offset between the time domain end positions, or it may be the previous one
  • the time offset between the end position of the time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position does not limit this.
  • the terminal device also needs to obtain channel access parameters.
  • the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are not within the COT.
  • the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is not within the COT.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT
  • the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • This application does not limit the number of bits occupied by each channel access parameter, and does not limit the LBT situation indicated by each channel access parameter.
  • the embodiment of the present application also relates to an uplink sharing indication request and sharing COT information.
  • the terminal device obtains an uplink sharing indication request.
  • the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device. Sharing COT information is in response to a sharing instruction request.
  • the uplink sharing indication request can also be named in a manner such as the uplink sharing indication, and this application does not limit the naming method of the uplink sharing indication request and the shared COT information.
  • the terminal device sends shared COT information to the access network device.
  • Shared COT information is the COT obtained after the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device.
  • the shared COT information includes the length of time information that can be shared with the access network device, for example, it may include the shared COT The start time position and end time position of the; or, it can include the start time position and duration of the shared COT.
  • the sharing time length information may be based on a time unit (for example, milliseconds), or a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • a time unit for example, milliseconds
  • a time slot as a unit
  • a symbol as a unit
  • a subframe as a unit
  • the access network device notifies the terminal device of the uplink sharing indication request by sending, when the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3, when the access network device determines that the terminal device is contention-based During random access, since the first message includes the CSI bit, this application may use the CSI bit in the first message to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  • the embodiment of the present application may also involve at least one frequency domain location where the LBT process is performed in the frequency domain.
  • the terminal device obtains the at least one frequency domain location.
  • a frequency domain position here refers to the frequency domain position of the terminal device when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • the time domain position of sending the second message when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, there is one frequency domain position for sending the second message, which is represented by the first frequency domain position; sent when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT
  • the frequency domain position of the second message is at least one, represented by M second frequency domain positions, and M is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application needs to obtain at least one of the following information: a first threshold, a second threshold, a first offset, a second offset, an uplink sharing indication request, At least one frequency domain location, a first parameter, a second parameter, etc., the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device obtains the above information.
  • part of the above information may be sent to the terminal device, and part of the information may be directly determined by the terminal device in a pre-appointed or default manner, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • all or part of the above information can be notified to the terminal device in the same sending message; or, the above messages can also be notified separately in different sending messages.
  • the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
  • msg3 is a contention resolution message sent to the access network device by the terminal device after receiving msg2.
  • the first message is high-level signaling.
  • the high-level signaling is a configuration message of msg1 sent through a broadcast message, including: time/frequency domain position information, second threshold, channel access parameters, etc., and the second message is msg1.
  • the first message is a downlink control channel message and/or a high-level signaling configuration message
  • the second message is a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement (ACK)/not acknowledgement (not acknowledgement) , NACK) data, etc.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the access network device sends a first message to the terminal device.
  • the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send the configuration parameters of the second message, where the configuration parameters include the authorized time domain location of the second message; the access network device receives the terminal device's transmission The second news.
  • the access network device sends the configuration parameters of the second message to the terminal device through the first message, so that the terminal device can send the second message multiple times within the COT indicated by the access network device or not in the COT ,
  • the efficiency of successfully sending the second message can be improved, and the efficiency of successfully receiving the second message by the access network device can be correspondingly improved, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the second message.
  • the access network device may send the first threshold to the terminal device.
  • the first threshold here refers to the number of times the second message is sent when the authorized time domain location is within the COT.
  • the first threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
  • the access network device may send the second threshold to the terminal device.
  • the second threshold here refers to the number of times that the authorized time domain location does not send the second message within the COT.
  • the second threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
  • this application can determine the time domain of the next second message transmission based on the offset and the time domain position of the previous second message. position.
  • the offset is represented by the first offset.
  • the first offset is used to indicate the time offset between the authorized time domain position within the COT where the second message is sent twice.
  • the access network device may send the first offset to the terminal device.
  • the offset is represented by the second offset, and the second offset is used to indicate that the authorized time domain position is not in the COT or has not been received
  • the access network device may send the second offset to the terminal device.
  • the time offset between the time domain positions may specifically be the time offset between the time domain start positions; alternatively, it may be the time offset between the time domain end positions, or it may be the previous one
  • the time offset between the end position of the time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position does not limit this.
  • the access network device may send channel access parameters to the terminal device.
  • the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are not within the COT.
  • the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is not within the COT.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT
  • the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • This application does not limit the number of bits occupied by each channel access parameter, and does not limit the LBT situation indicated by each channel access parameter.
  • the access network device may send an uplink sharing indication request to the terminal device.
  • the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device.
  • the uplink sharing indication request can also be named in a manner such as the uplink sharing indication, and this application does not limit the naming method of the uplink sharing indication request and the shared COT information.
  • the access network device receives the shared COT information sent by the terminal device.
  • the shared COT information is the COT obtained after the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device.
  • the shared COT information includes the length of time information that can be shared with the access network device, for example It may include the start time position and end time position of the shared COT; or, may include the start time position and duration of the shared COT.
  • the sharing time length information may be based on a time unit (for example, milliseconds), or a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • a time unit for example, milliseconds
  • a time slot as a unit
  • a symbol as a unit
  • a subframe as a unit
  • the access network device notifies the terminal device of the uplink sharing indication request by sending, when the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3, when the access network device determines that the terminal device is contention-based During random access, since the first message includes the CSI bit, this application may use the CSI bit in the first message to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  • the embodiment of the present application may also involve at least one frequency domain location where the LBT process is performed in the frequency domain.
  • the access network device may send to the terminal device at least one frequency domain location for performing the LBT process in the frequency domain.
  • a frequency domain position here refers to the frequency domain position of the terminal device when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • the time domain position of sending the second message when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, there is one frequency domain position for sending the second message, which is represented by the first frequency domain position; sent when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT
  • the frequency domain position of the second message is at least one, represented by M second frequency domain positions, and M is a positive integer.
  • the embodiment of the present application requires at least one of the following information that the terminal device needs to obtain: a first threshold, a second threshold, a first offset, a second offset, and uplink sharing indication Request, at least one frequency domain location, first parameter, second parameter, etc.
  • the access network device may partially or completely notify the terminal device by sending, or partially or completely use a pre-appointed or default method for the terminal device to directly determine This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • all or part of the above information can be notified to the terminal device in the same sending message; or, the above messages can also be notified separately in different sending messages.
  • the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
  • msg3 is a contention resolution message sent to the access network device by the terminal device after receiving msg2.
  • the first message is high-level signaling.
  • the high-level signaling is a msg1 configuration message sent through a broadcast message, including: time/frequency domain position information, second thresholds, channel access parameters, etc., and the second The message is msg1.
  • the first message is a downlink control channel message and or a high-level signaling configuration message
  • the second message is confirmation/non-confirmation data of the hybrid automatic repeat request.
  • the specific implementation for the access network device to receive the second message is: the access network device can determine that the terminal device sends the second message according to the indicated COT and the configured authorized time domain location for sending the second message Second, the time-frequency position of the message, and the second message is received according to the determined time-frequency position.
  • the access network device may also combine at least one of the first threshold, the second threshold, the first offset, the second offset, at least one frequency domain position in the frequency domain, an uplink sharing indication request, etc.
  • One piece of information is used to determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message.
  • the access network device performs detection in turn until all the time and frequency positions of the second message are sent. The frequency position is detected or the second message is successfully received.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a first message sent by an access network device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of the second message, where the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message;
  • the processing module is used to make the sending module send the second message when the authorized time domain position is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device until the first condition is met;
  • the terminal device may also implement the foregoing first aspect and the method executed in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send a first message to a terminal device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of the second message, where the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message;
  • the receiving module is used to receive the second message sent by the terminal device.
  • the network device may also implement the foregoing second aspect and the method performed by any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the above device design, or a chip set in the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;
  • the transceiver is used to receive and send messages
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory.
  • the communication device executes the foregoing first aspect and the method executed by any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a network device in the above device design, or a chip set in the network device.
  • the communication device includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;
  • the transceiver is used to receive and send messages
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory.
  • the communication device executes the second aspect and the method executed by any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • a communication system for an embodiment of this application, and the communication system includes a terminal device and an access network device.
  • the terminal device is used to execute the method performed by the foregoing first aspect and any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect
  • the access network device is used to implement any one of the foregoing second aspect and any one of the second aspects. The method executed by the implementation.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof In the method.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the second aspect and any possible implementations thereof. In the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, where the readable storage medium is used to store instructions to implement the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, where the readable storage medium is used to store instructions to implement the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system related to an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2a is an example diagram of an existing message sending provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2b is an example diagram of another existing message sending provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 3a is an example diagram of a possible COT provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3b is an example diagram of another possible COT provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is an example diagram of a possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8a is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8b is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is an example diagram of defining multiple sub-bands in a possible communication bandwidth provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is an example diagram of another possible time-frequency position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes an access network device 101 and a terminal device 102.
  • the access network device 101 and the terminal device 102 may communicate with each other, for example, the resources of an unlicensed frequency band may be used for communication.
  • the access network device 101 and the terminal device 102 need to perform an LBT process before transmitting data in an unlicensed frequency band.
  • the access network device 101 can send data on that channel; if the LBT process on the channel where the data is to be sent fails, Then the access network device 101 needs to continue to monitor. After the LBT process is successfully executed, the access network device 101 can obtain a channel occupancy time (COT), and the access network device can send channel data or signals in the COT.
  • COT channel occupancy time
  • the current standard stipulates that the maximum channel occupancy time (MCOT) is 3ms, 4ms, 8ms, or 10ms.
  • the access network device 101 After the access network device 101 obtains a COT, it can use the COT to send data by itself, or share the COT with the terminal device 102 so that the terminal device 102 can send uplink data on the COT shared by the access network device 101.
  • the access network device 101 may share the acquired COT with the terminal device 102, which will be introduced in conjunction with FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b.
  • the COT 201 is a COT obtained by the access network device 101.
  • the access network device 101 shares the COT 201 with the terminal device 102.
  • the terminal device 102 sends msg1 in the COT 201 during the random access process.
  • RAR-windows random access time window
  • the terminal device 102 needs to resend msg1.
  • the terminal device 102 needs another COT 202 shared by the access network device 101 to resend msg1, which increases the transmission delay of msg1 and reduces The efficiency of msg1 successfully sent.
  • COT 203 is a COT obtained by the access network device 101.
  • the access network device 101 shares the COT 203 with the terminal device 102.
  • the terminal device 102 receives msg2 in the COT 203 during the random access process. .
  • the terminal device 102 needs to send msg3 to the access network device 101. Since the remaining time in the COT 203 is all downlink symbols/slots, Msg2 cannot schedule Msg3 through the resources in the COT, that is, the terminal device 102 cannot be used in the COT.
  • the sending of msg3 is completed within 203.
  • the terminal device 102 since the channel occupancy time of COT 203 cannot be used to send msg3, the terminal device 102 needs another COT 204 shared by the access network device 101 to resend msg3, and because the access network device executes
  • the result of the LBT process is uncertain, resulting in the uncertain acquisition time of another COT 204, which increases the transmission delay of msg3 and reduces the efficiency of successful msg3 transmission.
  • the non-COT duration involved in Figures 2a and 2b and the embodiments of this application is the channel time that the access network device 101 cannot occupy. Therefore, the terminal device 102 cannot transmit the required transmission in the above two scenarios in this time period. News.
  • the messages shown in Figure 2a and Figure 2b are two messages involved in the random access process. After affecting the efficiency of the successful transmission of the above messages, it also increases the delay of the success of the random access process, and may even cause The random access process failed.
  • the message that the terminal device 102 needs to send is msg3 as an example.
  • the terminal device 102 Before the terminal device 102 arrives at the time domain location of msg3, if the time domain location of the terminal device 102 sending msg3 is within the COT, the terminal device 102 sends msg3 until the first condition is met; if the time domain location where the terminal device 102 sends msg3 is not within the COT, the terminal device 102 sends msg3 until the second condition is met.
  • the terminal device 102 can send msg3 without waiting for the next COT indicated by the access network device, which reduces the transmission delay of msg3 This improves the efficiency of successful msg3 transmission, thereby also reducing the delay in the random access process, which will improve the efficiency of the random access process.
  • the terminal device 102 can send msg3 without waiting for the next COT indicated by the access network device, which reduces the transmission delay of msg3 This improves the efficiency of successful msg3 transmission, thereby also reducing the delay in the random access process, which will improve the efficiency of the random access process.
  • FIG. 3a provides an example diagram of a possible COT in this embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 3a is an example diagram of a COT with a subcarrier spacing (SCS) of 15KHz, where one subframe is 1ms, one subframe includes one slot, and one slot includes 14 symbols.
  • the access network device 101 performs the LBT process on symbols 0, 1, and 2 of subframe 0 and subframe 1, and successfully obtains COT 301 on symbol 2 of subframe 1 after successfully performing the LBT process.
  • the COT 301 is occupied 8 subframes, ending at the end of subframe 8.
  • the access network device 101 obtains the COT 302 at the end of the subframe 11 by performing the LBT process, and the COT 302 occupies 8 subframes.
  • FIG. 3b provides an example diagram of another possible COT in this embodiment of the application.
  • Fig. 3b is an example diagram of COT with SCS of 60KHz, where one subframe is 1ms, one subframe includes 4 slots, and one slot includes 14 symbols.
  • the access network device 101 performs an LBT process on subframe 0, and obtains a COT 303 at the end of subframe 0 after successfully performing the LBT process.
  • the COT 303 occupies 8 subframes and ends at the end of subframe 8.
  • the access network device 101 obtains the COT 304 at the end of the subframe 11 by performing the LBT process, and the COT 304 occupies 6 subframes.
  • FIGS 3a and 3b are merely examples, and the COT involved in the embodiment of the present application may also be COT under other SCS.
  • the LBT process involved in this application includes the following parameters in the existing 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP):
  • LBT CAT 1 No LBT, which means that data can be sent immediately without implementing the LBT mechanism on the unlicensed frequency band;
  • LBT CAT2 LBT without random backoff, also called one shot LBT, that is, only 25us LBT based on energy detection;
  • CCA Clear Channel Assessment
  • a frame structure with an unfixed frame period and a mode based on load changes.
  • the length of the contention window is fixed, and the extended CCA (Extended CCA) is used.
  • the channel is detected to be idle, the data transmission can start immediately, otherwise it will enter the contention window, that is, a fixed number of ECCA windows.
  • LBT CAT4 Random backoff LBT with non-fixed length competition window
  • the sender After detecting that the channel is occupied or the maximum transmission time is reached, the sender enters the contention window. Different from using a fixed-length contention window, the sender can change the length of the contention window in the LBT CAT4 mode. At the same time, the standard is divided into 4 priority levels according to different business types, and the 4 priority levels correspond to different COT lengths and competitions. The parameter of the window length (see Table 1).
  • the msg1, msg2, and msg3 involved in this application are messages in the random access (RA) process, which are specifically:
  • msg1 Random access preamble.
  • the terminal device can randomly select a preamble sequence and send it on a random access channel (RACH). After sending the preamble sequence, the terminal device receives msg2 from the access network device within a random access time window.
  • RACH random access channel
  • msg2 Random access response (RAR). After the access network device detects that a preamble sequence is sent, it sends a random access response in the downlink.
  • the random access response should at least contain the following information: the number of the received preamble sequence, timing adjustment information, and the allocation for the terminal device Uplink resource location indication information, temporarily allocated C-RNTI.
  • msg3 It is an uplink message. After receiving the random access response, the terminal device sends msg3 according to the uplink resource indicated by the random access response.
  • the terminal equipment involved in this application can refer to user equipment (UE), which can be a handheld terminal, a notebook computer, a subscriber unit, a cellular phone, a smart phone, and a personal digital device.
  • UE user equipment
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • modem wireless modem
  • WLL cordless phone or wireless local loop (wireless local loop)
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the access network equipment involved in this application is mainly responsible for functions such as radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression, and encryption on the air interface side.
  • the access network equipment may include various forms of base stations, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also referred to as small stations), relay stations, and access points.
  • base stations such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also referred to as small stations), relay stations, and access points.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may be different.
  • 5G 5th generation
  • gNB in the fourth generation (4th generation, 5G) system
  • gNB In the generation (4G) system, it is called an evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB).
  • the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems that need to send messages in an unlicensed frequency band.
  • system can be used interchangeably with "network”.
  • the system architecture described in the embodiments of this application is to facilitate the description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and does not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture, this The technical solutions provided in the application embodiments are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • “plurality” means two or more than two, and “at least two” means two or more than two.
  • FIG. 4 provides a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 includes steps 401 to 403.
  • An access network device sends a first message to a terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first message.
  • the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send the configuration parameter of the second message.
  • the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message.
  • the authorized time domain location can be described as the sending time domain opportunity.
  • the configuration parameter of msg1 includes the sending time domain opportunity of msg1.
  • the configuration parameters of msg3 include the authorized time domain location of msg3.
  • the naming method of the authorized time domain location of the second message in the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
  • each time domain position involved is used to indicate the position occupied in the time domain, for example, it can be indicated by the time domain start position and the time domain end position; or, the time domain start position and the time domain duration To instruct.
  • the terminal device When the authorized time domain location is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device sends a second message until the first condition is met.
  • a possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • the terminal device stops sending the second message.
  • the condition "the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT" means that when the second message is sent for at least two times, the time domain position of the second message is not in the COT for any number of times other than the first time. In this case, the second message will stop sending.
  • Another possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold. Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device, if any one of the first conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
  • the first threshold here refers to the number of times the second message is sent when the authorized time domain location is within the COT.
  • the first threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
  • the access network device notifies the terminal device of the first threshold in a sending manner, so that the terminal device can obtain the first threshold. For example, the access network device sends the first threshold or first indication information indicating the first threshold to the terminal device. Among them, if it is assumed that the first threshold can be selected from the set ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ , if the selection is 4 times, the first threshold sent can be 4; or, the first indication information of the first threshold occupies Two bits, "11" can be used to indicate that the first threshold is 4 times.
  • the access network device may use a broadcast message to send the first threshold or the first indication information to the terminal device in a broadcast manner; or the access network device may use terminal dedicated high-level signaling or use a physical layer control channel or other messages Send the first threshold or the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending manner of the first threshold, the type of message carrying the first threshold, and the number of bits occupied by the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be a predetermined or default value in the communication system, so that the access network device does not need to send the first threshold or does not need to send the first indication information indicating the first threshold.
  • the terminal device can directly determine the first threshold, which saves transmission overhead.
  • the terminal device When the authorized time domain location is not within the COT, or when the terminal device does not receive the COT, the terminal device sends a second message until the second condition is met.
  • the access network device receives the second message.
  • the access network device can determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message according to the indicated COT and the configured authorized time-domain position for sending the second message, and compare the second message according to the determined time-frequency position. The message is received.
  • the access network device may also combine at least one of the first threshold, the second threshold, the first offset, the second offset, at least one frequency domain position in the frequency domain, an uplink sharing indication request, etc.
  • One piece of information is used to determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message.
  • the access network device performs detection in turn until all the time and frequency positions of the second message are sent. The frequency position is detected or the second message is successfully received.
  • the difference between the access network device determining the time-frequency location of the terminal device to send the second message and the terminal device determining the time-frequency location of the second message is that the access network device does not need to perform the LBT process, so regardless of the terminal device If the LBT process succeeds or fails, the access network device will detect the second message at the determined time-frequency location; and the terminal device only sends the second message at the time-frequency location where the LBT process is successfully executed. Therefore, for the access network device to determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message, reference may be made to the following description of the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message, except for performing the LBT process, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold. Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, if any one of the second conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
  • the second threshold here refers to the number of times that the authorized time domain location does not send the second message within the COT.
  • the second threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
  • the access network device notifies the terminal device of the second threshold in a sending manner, so that the terminal device can obtain the second threshold.
  • the access network device sends the second threshold or second indication information indicating the second threshold to the terminal device.
  • the second threshold can be selected from the set ⁇ 2, 4, 6, 8 ⁇ , if the selection is 6 times, the sent second threshold can be 6; or, the second indication information of the second threshold is occupied Two bits, "10" can be used to indicate that the second threshold is 6 times.
  • the access network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a multiple relationship or a difference relationship between the second threshold and the first threshold.
  • the sent third indication information may be 3, which means that the second threshold is 3 times the first threshold, or the sent third indication The information may be 4, which means that the difference between the second threshold and the first threshold is 4.
  • the access network device may send the second threshold, the second indication information, or the third indication information to the terminal device in a broadcast manner; or the access network device may send the second threshold, the second indication information, or the third indication information to the terminal device through high-level signaling or other messages. Threshold, second indication information or third indication information.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending mode of the second threshold, the type of message carrying the second threshold, and the number of bits occupied by the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be a predetermined or default value in the communication system, so that the access network device does not need to send the second threshold and does not need to send the second indication information indicating the second threshold and There is no need to send the third indication information, and the terminal device can directly determine the second threshold, which saves transmission overhead.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first threshold by sending, and the second threshold is a predetermined or default value.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the second threshold by sending, and the first threshold is a predetermined or default value.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first threshold and the second threshold by sending. In this case, the access network device may notify the first threshold and the second threshold in the same sending message, or The first threshold and the second threshold are notified in different sending messages. Or, both the first threshold and the second threshold are predetermined or default values.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first threshold and the second threshold.
  • the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold. In this way, the number of times that the second message is not sent in the COT is greater than the number of times the second message is sent in the COT, thereby increasing the chance of the terminal device to send the second message, increasing the probability of successfully sending the second message, and reducing the communication delay.
  • the COT in step 402 and step 403 is a COT obtained by the access network device by executing the LBT process, and the COT is shared with the terminal device.
  • the access network device sends the COT indication information to the terminal device, and the indication information may be a downlink COT indication or other messages containing COT length indications.
  • the COT indication information is used to indicate the channel occupation start time and channel occupation duration currently obtained by the access network device and shared with the terminal device; or, the COT indication information is used to indicate the access network device currently obtains and The channel occupancy start time and channel occupancy end time shared with the terminal device.
  • the COT indication information can be carried in the downlink control channel, or carried in the data block activation signal (a signal used to indicate the start of data transmission).
  • the terminal device determines whether the COT indicated by the access network device is received. If the COT is received, determine whether the authorized time domain location is within the COT; if the authorized time domain location is within the COT, send a second message until the first condition is met; if the authorized time domain location is not within the COT, then Send the second message until the second condition is met. If the COT is not received, the second message is sent until the second condition is met.
  • this application can determine the time domain position of the second message sent next time by using the offset and the time domain position of the previous second message sent.
  • the offset is represented by the first offset.
  • the first offset is used to indicate the time offset between the authorized time domain position within the COT where the second message is sent twice.
  • the offset is represented by the second offset, and the second offset is used to indicate that the authorized time domain position is not in the COT or has not been received The time offset between the time domain positions where the second message is sent to the COT twice.
  • the time offset between the time domain positions may specifically be the time offset between the time domain start positions; alternatively, it may be the time offset between the time domain end positions, or it may be the previous one
  • the time offset between the end position of the time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position does not limit this.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first offset in a sending manner, and the second offset is a predetermined or default value.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the second offset in a sending manner, and the first offset is a predetermined or default value.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first offset and the second offset in a sending manner. In this case, the access network device may notify the first offset and the second offset in the same transmission message.
  • the second offset may also be separately notified of the first offset and the second offset in different sent messages.
  • the first offset and the second offset are both pre-appointed or default values, and the terminal device can directly determine the first offset and the second offset, which saves transmission overhead.
  • the first offset and/or the second offset may be carried in the high-layer signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first offset and/or the second offset. If the terminal device is notified by sending, the embodiment of this application does not limit the message carrying the first offset and/or the second offset.
  • the time offset may be based on a time unit (eg, milliseconds), or may be based on a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the offset can be 0.5 time slots, 1 time slot, 3 time slots, and so on.
  • the offset when the time offset is represented by the time offset between the end position of the previous time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position, the offset can be 0 time slots and 1 time slot. Slot, 3 slots, etc., or the offset can be 0 symbols, 1 symbol, 3 symbols.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • the terminal device also needs to obtain channel access parameters, which are described in detail through the following (1-1) to (1-4).
  • the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is within the COT and the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is not within the COT
  • the parameters are the same.
  • the access network device notifies the terminal device of the channel access parameters by sending, so that the terminal device determines the channel access parameters used in the COT.
  • the channel access parameters are carried in the first message.
  • the embodiment of the application does not limit the message carrying channel access parameters.
  • the channel access parameters are pre-appointed or default parameters.
  • the terminal device can directly determine the channel access parameters, saving transmission overhead.
  • the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is within the COT and the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is not within the COT
  • the parameters are different.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT
  • the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first parameter in a sending manner, and the second parameter is a preset or default value.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the second parameter in a sending manner, and the first parameter is a predetermined or default value.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first parameter and the second parameter in a sending manner. In this case, the access network device may notify the first parameter and the second parameter in the same sending message, or The first parameter and the second parameter are notified separately in different sending messages.
  • both the first parameter and the second parameter are predetermined or default values, and the terminal device can directly determine the first parameter and the second parameter, which saves transmission overhead.
  • the first parameter and/or the second parameter may be carried in the high-layer signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first parameter and/or the second parameter.
  • the channel access parameter, the first parameter or the second parameter in the same manner involved can be any of the following methods:
  • the parameters can be any of all or part of the LBT conditions formulated by the future standard protocol; or, as the network architecture evolves, the channel access parameters can include any of the part of the LBT conditions formulated by the future standard protocol and the newly configured parameters .
  • all the LBT conditions included in the existing 3GPP are shown in the text part of Figure 3b "2.
  • the LBT process involved in this application includes the following in the existing 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) The detailed introduction in "parameter situation" will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device determines that the channel access parameter is a certain priority of the newly defined LBT CAT 4, it can also determine the corresponding channel access parameter value.
  • the third parameter can occupy 3 bits.
  • the third parameter in Table 3 may be the same channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT, or the first parameter .
  • 5 types of channel access parameters can be indicated by 3 bits, which enriches the choice of channel access parameters used by the terminal equipment.
  • the third parameter can occupy 2 bits.
  • the third parameter in Table 4 may be the same channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT, or the first parameter .
  • the third parameter may indicate LBT CAT 1, LBT CAT 2, the first level of LBT CAT 4, and the second level of LBT CAT 4.
  • Table 4 uses fewer bits, which can reduce transmission overhead.
  • the first level of LBT CAT 4 can be any priority in the existing 3GPP or future protocol standards with the channel access type being LBT CAT 4; or the first level of LBT CAT 4 can be different from 3GPP and different from Any redefined level of LBT CAT 4 of the future protocol standard.
  • the second level of LBT CAT 4 can be any priority of the channel access type LBT CAT 4 in the existing 3GPP or future protocol standards; or the second level of LBT CAT 4 can be different from 3GPP and different Any one of the redefined levels of LBT CAT 4 of the future protocol standard.
  • the access parameter values corresponding to the first level LBT CAT 4 and the second level LBT CAT 4 are different.
  • the redefined level can be any one of the levels defined in Table 2.
  • the third parameter can occupy 2 bits.
  • the third parameter in Table 5 may be the second parameter.
  • the third parameter can indicate four levels of LBT CAT 4.
  • the four levels of LBT CAT4 are the four levels in the existing 3GPP.
  • each level of LBT CAT4 in Table 5 is not limited to be included in the four levels of the existing 3GPP or future protocol standards, and it can also be any one of LBT CAT4 that is different from 3GPP and different from future protocol standards. Redefined level.
  • this application does not limit the number of bits occupied by each parameter, and does not limit the LBT situation indicated by each parameter.
  • the embodiments of this application may also involve uplink sharing indication request and sharing COT information.
  • the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device. Sharing COT information is in response to a sharing instruction request.
  • the uplink sharing indication request can also be named in a manner such as the uplink sharing indication, and this application does not limit the naming method of the uplink sharing indication request and the shared COT information.
  • the access network device notifies the terminal device of the uplink sharing indication request by sending, so that the terminal device can obtain the uplink sharing indication request.
  • the access network device may send an uplink sharing indication request to the terminal device through high-level signaling or other messages.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending manner of the uplink sharing indication request, and does not limit the message type that carries the uplink sharing indication request.
  • the access network device does not send an uplink sharing instruction request
  • reporting shared COT information can be a pre-appointed or default method in the communication system, so that the access network device does not need to send an uplink sharing instruction request.
  • the terminal device can directly feed back the shared COT information, which saves the transmission overhead of the uplink sharing indication request.
  • the uplink sharing indication request may be carried in the first message.
  • this application may use the channel state information (channel state information, CSI) bit in the first message to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  • CSI channel state information
  • the shared COT information is the COT obtained after the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device.
  • the shared COT information includes the length of time information that can be shared with the access network device. For example, the start time position and the end time position of the shared COT may be included; or, the start time position and the duration of the shared COT may be included.
  • the sharing time length information may be based on a time unit (for example, milliseconds), or a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • a time unit for example, milliseconds
  • a time slot as a unit
  • a symbol as a unit
  • a subframe as a unit
  • the second message includes shared COT information, so that the terminal device can share the shared COT information with the access network device in the process of sending the second message.
  • the shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information to be sent to the access network device, for example, the shared COT information is carried by the medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) in the second message .
  • the shared COT information is included in other messages to be reported to the access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the shared COT information is reported based on the uplink control message, that is, relevant information elements are set in the uplink control message. For example: 00 means no COT sharing; 01 means shared COT length is 1ms; 10 means shared COT length is 2ms; 11 means shared COT length is 4ms.
  • the embodiment of the present application may also involve at least one frequency domain position where the LBT process is performed in the frequency domain, which is introduced through the following (2-1) and (2-2).
  • the frequency domain position is one.
  • a frequency domain position here refers to the frequency domain position of the terminal device when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • the frequency domain position may be carried in the configuration parameters of the second message, and named as an authorized frequency domain position or named as a transmission frequency domain position.
  • the configuration parameter of msg1 in the first message includes the transmission frequency domain position of msg1.
  • the configuration parameter of msg3 in the first message includes the authorized frequency domain position of msg3.
  • the manner in which the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application determines the frequency domain position is not limited. If the frequency domain position of the terminal device is notified by the sending method, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the message carrying the frequency domain position.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first frequency domain position in a sending manner, and the M second frequency domain positions are predetermined or default values.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the M second frequency domain positions in a sending manner, where the first frequency domain position is a predetermined or default value.
  • the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first frequency domain location and M second frequency domain locations by sending. In this case, the access network device may notify the first frequency domain in the same sending message
  • the position and the M second frequency domain positions may also be notified of the first frequency domain position and the M second frequency domain positions in different sending messages.
  • the first frequency domain position and the M second frequency domain positions are both pre-appointed or default values, and the terminal device can directly determine the first frequency domain position and M second frequency domain positions, which saves transmission overhead.
  • the terminal device is notified of the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions in a sending manner, the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions may be carried in the high layer signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first frequency domain position and/or the M second frequency domain positions. If the terminal device is notified of the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions in a sending manner, the embodiment of the present application does not treat the message carrying the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions. Make a limit.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines each of the following information: the first threshold, the second threshold, the first offset, the second offset, the uplink sharing indication request, at least one frequency Domain location.
  • part of the above information may be sent to the terminal device, and part of the information may be directly determined by the terminal device in a pre-appointed or default manner, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • all or part of the above information can be notified to the terminal device in the same sending message; or, each of the above messages can also be notified separately in different sending messages.
  • the access network device carries the first parameter and the second parameter in the same high-level signaling, and sends the high-level signaling to the terminal device.
  • the channel access parameter occupies 2 bits, and one bit is allocated to the first parameter and the second parameter. The different values of each bit represent the channel access parameters used in different LBT processes.
  • the access network device carries the fourth parameter in the same high-level signaling, and sends the high-level signaling to the terminal device.
  • the fourth parameter is used to indicate the first parameter, the second parameter, the second threshold, and the second offset.
  • the terminal device selects the first parameter to execute the LBT process and executes sending the second message; if the authorized time domain location is not in the access network device Within the indicated COT or if the COT indicated by the access network device is not received, the second parameter is selected, the LBT process is executed, and the second message is sent.
  • the fourth parameter is carried in the first message.
  • the mapping relationship between the fourth parameter and the indicated parameter can be found in Table 7.
  • the configuration index set of the fourth parameter is ⁇ Msg3-0, Msg3-1, Msg3-2, Msg3-3 ⁇ , where each configuration index has The corresponding first parameter, second parameter, second threshold, and second offset.
  • the fourth parameter occupies 2 bits in the first message, 2 bits are used to indicate the configuration index of the fourth parameter, for example, 00: configure Msg3-0; 01: configure Msg3-1; 10: configure Msg3-2; 11: Configure Msg3-3.
  • the fourth parameter is carried in the first message.
  • the first message further includes a service indication, which is used to indicate a service type of high priority, for example, the service indication is an indication of a high priority random process, which is used to indicate that it belongs to high priority. Random access process.
  • the set of high priority random processes can be ⁇ h0, h0 and h1, h0 and h1 and h2 ⁇ . among them:
  • the indication of the high-priority random process is "h0 and h1" it means that the high-priority random access process is the random access process of out-of-synchronization recovery and the random access process triggered by the access network device. If the indication of msg1 high-priority random process is "h0 and h1 and h2", it means that the high-priority random access process is the random access process of out-of-synchronization recovery, the random access process triggered by the access network equipment and the beam recovery Random access process. In this way, the indication of the high-priority random process can indicate at least one kind of high-priority random access process, thereby increasing the probability of successful access of the high-priority service and reducing the access delay. For the terminal device, it can determine the current service type by itself, and then can determine whether the current service type is a high priority service type according to the high priority service type indicated by the access network device.
  • the configuration index set of the fourth parameter is ⁇ Msg3-0, Msg3-1, Msg3-2, Msg3-3 ⁇ , where each parameter configuration index has a corresponding first parameter, second parameter, second threshold, and second offset.
  • the configuration index of the access network device for the fourth parameter is Msg1-2, and the service indication is h0.
  • the second threshold of the second condition is and
  • the configuration index is 6 times corresponding to Msg1-2, and the second offset can also be determined according to the SCS of the authorized frequency domain position. Since the service with the configuration index Msg1-2 distinguishes high and low priority, the terminal device does not need to determine whether the current service is a high priority service in this case.
  • the terminal device determines whether the authorized time domain location of msg1 is within the COT indicated by the access network device or not. If it is in the COT, the LBT process is executed according to the LBT CAT1 corresponding to the configuration index MSG1-0, and msg1 is sent after the LBT process is successful.
  • the terminal device is required to determine the type of the current random access process to determine whether the current random access process is initiated by a high-priority service. For example, if the current random access process type is "access network device trigger “Random access process” means that the current random access process is not initiated by high priority services; if the type of the current random access process is “random access process for out-of-step recovery”, it means that the current random access process is high Priority business initiated.
  • the configuration index of the fourth parameter is Msg3-3 and Msg1-2
  • the terminal device may not feed back the shared COT information.
  • the access network device receives the second message, it defaults to the terminal device to report the COT shared information.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration index of the fourth parameter indicating that the shared COT information is reported by default.
  • the possible situations of the first message and the second message are introduced.
  • the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3.
  • msg3 is a contention resolution message sent to the access network device by the terminal device after receiving the msg2.
  • the first message is high-level signaling.
  • the high-level signaling is a configuration message of msg1 sent through a broadcast message, including: time/frequency domain position information, second threshold, channel access parameters, etc.
  • the second message is msg1.
  • the first message is a downlink control channel message and or high-level signaling configuration message
  • the second message is a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement (acknowledge, ACK)/non Acknowledge (not acknowledge, NACK) data, etc.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the first message is high-level signaling, such as a broadcast message, a radio link control message, or a MAC layer control message, which is used to configure the transmission signal or data.
  • the second message is a periodic uplink transmission signal or data.
  • the periodic uplink transmission signal may be: sounding reference signal (SRS), CSI, etc.
  • the periodic uplink transmission data has a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink). shared channel (PUSCH) data, periodic PUSCH data sent by the terminal, etc.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • CSI CSI
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the above are only examples of the first message and the second message.
  • the second message in the embodiment of the present application is a message scheduled by the access network device and needs to be sent by the terminal device.
  • the first message is configuration information about the second message sent by the access network device.
  • the configuration information is authorization information.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the possible situations of the first message and the second message.
  • the first threshold is once, and the second threshold is once.
  • the configuration parameter of the second message may include an authorized frequency domain position in addition to an authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain positions in the COT and where the second message is not sent in the COT are authorized frequency domain positions.
  • the authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location are the time-frequency location for sending the second message.
  • the first threshold is once.
  • the specific implementation process of step 402 may be: before the terminal device executes step 402 to send the second message, when the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device, The terminal device executes the LBT process in the COT. Wherein, the time domain position for executing the LBT process is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position for executing the LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position.
  • the terminal device sends the second message at the time-frequency position where the second message is sent.
  • the terminal device stops sending the second message in the COT.
  • the second threshold is one time. Combined with the second condition, before the terminal device executes step 403 to send the second message, when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device or when the terminal device does not receive the access network When the COT indicated by the device, the terminal device executes the LBT process. Wherein, the time domain position for executing the LBT process is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position for executing the LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position.
  • the terminal device sends the second message at the time-frequency position where the second message is sent.
  • the terminal device stops sending the second message in the COT.
  • the terminal device since the first threshold is once and the second threshold is once, the terminal device does not need to obtain the first offset and the second offset.
  • the channel access parameters used when the time domain position for sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position for sending the second message is not within the COT can refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A6, which will not be repeated here. Repeat.
  • the first threshold is once, and the second threshold is at least twice.
  • the configuration parameter of the second message may include an authorized frequency domain position in addition to the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position at which the second message is sent when in the COT and when not in the COT is the authorized frequency domain position.
  • the time-frequency location of the second message sent for the first time is the authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location.
  • the first threshold value is once.
  • the specific implementation process of step 402 can be referred to the description in B1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second threshold is at least twice.
  • the specific implementation process of step 403 can be:
  • the terminal device Before the terminal device sends the second message in step 403, when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device or when the terminal device does not receive the COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device executes the first In the second LBT process, the time domain position of the first LBT process is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position of the first LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position;
  • the terminal device sends the second message according to the time-frequency position of the first sending of the second message;
  • the terminal device will send the second message according to the time domain location and the The second offset, determine the time domain position of the jth sending of the second message, and execute the jth LBT process, where j is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than the second threshold from 2, and execute the jth LBT
  • the time domain position of the process is earlier than the time domain position of sending the second message for the jth time, and the frequency domain position for executing the jth LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position;
  • the terminal device sends the second message according to the time-frequency position of the j-th sending of the second message, and the time-frequency position of the j-th sending of the second message includes the above determined The time domain position and the authorized frequency domain position of the jth sending of the second message;
  • the terminal device sends the second message according to the j-th time domain position and the second offset , The step of determining the time domain position of sending the second message for the (j+1)th time, and the subsequent steps performed according to the time domain position of sending the second message.
  • the terminal device needs to obtain the second offset.
  • the terminal device needs to obtain the second offset.
  • the channel access parameters used when the time domain position for sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position for sending the second message is not within the COT can refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A6, which will not be repeated here. Repeat.
  • the terminal device can improve the efficiency of successfully sending the second message by sending the second message multiple times when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT or the COT is not received, because there is no need to wait for the second message to be sent.
  • the next COT indicated by the access network device further reduces the transmission delay of the second message.
  • the preset second threshold when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT or the COT is not received may be one of the set A1, and the second offset may be set to one of the set A2.
  • s2 represents two sending opportunities
  • s3 represents 3 sending opportunities
  • s4 represents 4 sending opportunities
  • s6 has 6 sending opportunities.
  • o0dot5 indicates that the second offset is 0.5 slot
  • o1 indicates that the second offset is 1 slot
  • o2 indicates that the second offset is 2 slots
  • o4 indicates that the second offset is 4 slots.
  • the high-level signaling sent by the access network device to the terminal device may include s3 and o1, it means that the second threshold is 3 times and the second offset is 1 slot.
  • the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as examples for description.
  • the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as examples for description.
  • msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, and when the time domain position of sending msg3 is within COT 501 and when sending msg3
  • the channel access parameters for performing the LBT process are the same, and the channel access parameters are LBT CAT2.
  • the LBT process (parameter LBT CAT2) is executed in COT 502, and msg3 is sent according to the time-frequency location of sending msg3.
  • the LBT process is executed according to (parameter LBT CAT2), according to the sending msg3 Send msg3 at the time-frequency position until the sending is successful or the number of times reaches the second threshold. It is assumed here that the second threshold is S2 and the second offset is O2.
  • FIG. 5 provides an example diagram of a possible time domain position of sending msg3 in an embodiment of this application.
  • the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in slot(k+1)
  • the initial symbol is the second symbol
  • the duration of msg3 is 7 symbols.
  • the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in COT 502, so the terminal device can execute the LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1);
  • the LBT process is successful, and the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the LBT process fails, the current msg3 sending is stopped.
  • FIG. 6 provides an example diagram of a possible time domain position of sending msg3 for this embodiment of the application. Assuming that the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in slot(k+1), the symbol is the second symbol, and the duration of msg3 is 7 symbols.
  • the terminal device can perform the first LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1). If the first LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the first LBT process fails, the second The offset determines that the time domain position of msg3 sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second symbol.
  • the terminal device can send the second message multiple times when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT and when the COT indicated by the access network device is not received, the efficiency of successfully sending the second message can be improved. Since the sending of the second message does not need to wait for the next COT indicated by the access network device, the sending delay of the second message is reduced.
  • the first threshold is at least twice
  • the second threshold is at least twice.
  • the configuration parameter of the second message may include an authorized frequency domain position in addition to the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position at which the second message is sent when in the COT and when not in the COT is the authorized frequency domain position.
  • the time-frequency location of the second message sent for the first time is the authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location.
  • the first threshold is at least twice.
  • the first condition adopted here includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain location of the second message is not within the COT.
  • the specific implementation process of step 402 can be:
  • the terminal device When the authorized time domain location is in the COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device performs the first LBT process in the COT. Wherein, the time domain position where the first LBT process is executed is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position where the first LBT process is executed is the authorized frequency domain position.
  • the terminal device sends the second message at the time-frequency position where the second message was sent for the first time.
  • the terminal device will send the second message according to the (i-1)th time domain position and the first An offset, which determines the time domain position of the i-th sending of the second message, i is a positive integer from 2 that is greater than 1 and less than the first threshold;
  • the terminal device performs the i-th LBT process in the COT according to the time domain of the i-th LBT process
  • the position is earlier than the time domain position of the i-th sending the second message, and the frequency domain position where the i-th LBT process is executed is the authorized frequency domain position;
  • the terminal device sends the second message according to the time-frequency position of the i-th sending the second message, and the time-frequency position of the i-th sending the second message is the i-th time The time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of sending the second message;
  • the terminal device sends the second message according to the i-th time-frequency position and the first offset, The step of determining the time domain position of sending the second message for the (i+1)th time, and the subsequent steps performed according to the time domain position of sending the second message.
  • the second threshold is at least twice.
  • the specific implementation process of step 403 can be referred to the description in B2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device needs to obtain the first offset and the second offset.
  • the terminal device needs to obtain the first offset and the second offset.
  • the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT can refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A5, which will not be repeated here. Repeat.
  • the preset first threshold when the authorized time domain position is in the COT may be one of the set B1
  • the first offset when the authorized time domain position is set in the COT may be one of the set A2 One.
  • s2 represents two sending opportunities
  • s3 represents 3 sending opportunities
  • s4 represents 4 sending opportunities
  • s5 has 5 sending opportunities.
  • o0dot5 indicates that the first offset is 0.5 slot
  • o1 indicates that the first offset is 1 slot
  • o2 indicates that the first offset is 2 slots
  • o3 indicates that the first offset is 3 slots.
  • the high-level signaling sent by the access network device to the terminal device may include s2 and 0.5 slot, it means that the first threshold is 2 times and the first offset is 0.5 slot.
  • the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as examples for description, and the second threshold is at least two
  • the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as examples for description
  • the second threshold is at least two
  • the first threshold is at least twice.
  • step 403 refer to the description of FIG. 7.
  • msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, and when the time domain position of sending msg3 is within COT 501 and the time domain position of sending msg3 is not
  • the channel access parameters for performing the LBT process in COT 501 are the same, and the channel access parameters are LBT CAT2.
  • msg3 is sent at the time-frequency location for sending the second message within the COT.
  • FIG. 7 provides another example diagram of a possible time domain position for sending the second message in this embodiment of the application. Assuming that the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in slot(k+1), the initial symbol is the second symbol, and the duration of msg3 is 7 symbols.
  • the first threshold is s2 and the first offset is o1.
  • the authorized time domain position of msg3 is within COT 702 indicated by the access network device, so the terminal device can use LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1) Perform the first LBT process. If the first LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the first LBT process fails, it will be executed according to the first An offset determines that the time domain position of msg3 sent for the second time is slot(k+2), and the symbols are from the second symbol to the seventh symbol.
  • the terminal device Since the time domain position of sending msg3 for the second time is within COT 702 indicated by the access network device, the terminal device performs the second LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+2); The second LBT process is successful, and the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+2) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the second LBT process fails, because the number of times reaches the first threshold, The terminal device stops sending the second message.
  • the first condition adopted in the solution described in Embodiment B3 includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain for sending the second message The location is not in the COT.
  • the first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold.
  • the solution described in Embodiment B3 can remove the limitation of the condition that the time domain position of sending the second message is not in the COT. The other content is the same, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can send the second message multiple times both in the COT and not in the COT, which can improve the efficiency of successfully sending the second message without waiting for the next COT indicated by the access network device, thereby reducing Delay in sending the second message.
  • the first parameter is also used here to indicate that the second message is sent.
  • the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the message is in the COT, and the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is not in the COT.
  • the optional first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; when the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold: in step 402 During the execution, it is necessary to determine whether the time domain position of the kth second message is sent within the COT. If yes, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to execute the kth LBT process is the first parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the kth sending of the second message. If not, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to execute the k-th LBT process is the second parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the k-th sending of the second message, and k is a positive value greater than 1. An integer, and k is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • FIG. 8a provides another possible example diagram of the time domain position for sending the second message for this embodiment of the application.
  • msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, as well as the first parameter, the second parameter, the second threshold, and the second offset.
  • the authorized time domain position is the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1)
  • the first parameter is LBT CAT2
  • the second threshold is S2
  • the second offset is o2
  • the second parameter is LBT CAT4
  • COT 801 and COT 802 are two COTs indicated by the access network equipment.
  • the authorized time domain position of msg3 is within COT 802 indicated by the access network device, so the terminal device can execute the first time according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1) The LBT process. If the first LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the first LBT process fails, it will be executed according to the first
  • the second offset determines that the time domain position of the second message sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second to eighth symbols.
  • the terminal device uses the LBT CAT4 (priority priority) on the first symbol of slot(k+3).
  • step 403 For step 403, during the execution of step 403, if the terminal device receives the COT indicated by the access network device again, it needs to determine whether the p-th time domain position of the second message is sent Within the COT indicated again. If yes, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to execute the p-th LBT process is the first parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the p-th sending of the second message. If not, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to perform the p-th LBT process is the second parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the p-th sending of the second message, and p is a positive value greater than 1. An integer, and p is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • FIG. 8b provides another possible example diagram of the time domain position for sending the second message for this embodiment of the application.
  • msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, as well as the first parameter, the second parameter, the second threshold, and the second offset.
  • the authorized time domain position is the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1)
  • the first parameter is LBT CAT2
  • the second threshold is S2
  • the second offset is o2
  • the second parameter is LBT CAT4
  • COT 801 is a COT indicated by the access network equipment.
  • the second offset determines that the time domain position of the second message sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second to eighth symbols.
  • the time domain position of sending msg3 for the second time is within COT 803, so the terminal equipment is in slot(k +3) Perform the second LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol; if the second LBT process is successful, the terminal device will be in the second to eighth symbols of slot (k+3) and authorized frequency domain Send msg3 at the location; if the second LBT process fails, the terminal device stops sending the second message because the number of times reaches the second threshold.
  • the terminal device cannot directly send the message in the manner of LBT CAT1, but in this embodiment B4, it can be configured to configure the first parameter as LBT CAT1 when the authorized time domain position is in the COT. In this way, direct transmission improves the efficiency of the successful transmission of the second message in the COT, and also reduces the transmission delay of the second message.
  • the frequency domain location for sending the second message is at least one, and the second threshold is at least once .
  • the configuration parameters of the second message may include the authorized frequency domain location in addition to the authorized time domain location.
  • the time-frequency location of the first message sent It is the authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location.
  • the first threshold value is once or at least twice.
  • step 402 refer to the description in Embodiment B1 and Embodiment B3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the frequency domain location for sending the second message is at least one (represented by M frequency domain locations), and the second threshold is at least once
  • the specific implementation process of the terminal device sending the second message in step 403 may be:
  • the terminal device executes the qth LBT process before sending the second message at the time-frequency position of the qth sending of the second message, and the time domain position of the qth LBT process is earlier than the qth sending of the second message.
  • the time domain position of the message, and the frequency domain position where the qth LBT process is executed are M frequency domain positions.
  • the second message sent for the qth time is any time within the second threshold, and q is a positive integer;
  • the terminal device If the terminal device successfully performs the qth LBT process, the terminal device sends the second message according to the frequency domain position where the LBT process was successfully executed and the time domain position where the second message was sent for the qth time.
  • the time domain position of the first sending of the second message is the authorized time domain position
  • the time domain position of sending the second message for the qth time except the first time is based on the (q-1)th time
  • the time domain location and the second offset for sending the second message are determined.
  • the terminal device may send the second message at the multiple frequency domain locations where the LBT process is successfully executed and the time domain location where the second message is sent for the qth time. news.
  • the terminal device can select one of the multiple frequency domain locations where the LBT process is successfully executed, and according to the selected frequency domain location and the qth transmission The second message is sent at the time domain position of the second message.
  • the authorized time domain position of msg3 is not at least one frequency in the COT indicated by the access network device
  • all-sub indicates that the frequency domain position for sending Msg3 is configured on all sub-bands
  • sb1&2 indicates that the frequency domain position of sending Msg3 is configured on sub-band1 and sub-band2;
  • sb1&2&3 Indicates the frequency domain position for configuring and sending Msg3 on sub-band1, sub-band2, and sub-band3.
  • FIG. 9 provides an example diagram of defining multiple sub-bands in a possible communication bandwidth for this embodiment of the application.
  • the communication bandwidth is 80MHz, it is divided into 4 sub-bands, namely sub-band1, sub-band2, sub-band3, and sub-band4.
  • Each sub-band here includes multiple physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB).
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • the multiple frequency domain positions acquired by the terminal device are sb1&2, that is, msg3 needs to be sent on both sub-band1 and sub-band2.
  • the terminal device executes the LBT process on sub-band 1 and 2 sub-band before sending msg3. If sub-band1 listens successfully, msg3 is sent on sub-band1. If sub-band2 listens successfully, msg3 is sent on sub-band2. If the listening is successful on sub-band1 and sub-band2, then send msg3 on both sub-band1 and sub-band2; or send msg3 only on sub-band1; or send msg3 only on sub-band2; or -Send msg3 on the low-energy sub-band detected in band1 and sub-band2, which can reduce interference to other systems and increase the probability of the access network equipment correctly detecting msg3.
  • the energy it hears can be a received signal strength indication (RSSI), or it can be an energy-related value based on LBT detection.
  • RSSI received signal strength indication
  • FIG. 10 provides another example diagram of a possible time domain location for sending the second message for this embodiment of the application.
  • the premise is: after the terminal device receives msg2 in COT 1001, msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, and the terminal device obtains the first parameter of the LBT process in COT, and the terminal device obtains A second threshold, a second offset, a second parameter, and at least one frequency domain position.
  • the authorized time domain position is the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1), the second threshold is S2, the second offset is O2, the first parameter is LBT CAT2, and the second parameter is LBT CAT4 priority
  • the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of sb1; if the first LBT process fails on both sb1 and sb2, it will be executed according to the second The offset determines that the time domain position of the second message sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second symbol to the eighth symbol.
  • the terminal device needs to feedback for each sub-band.
  • the shared COT information is used to indicate the length of time information that the terminal device can share with the access network device at each frequency domain location.
  • the communication bandwidth is divided into 4 sub-bands, and each sub-band uses 2bit feedback.
  • the feedback content is as follows:
  • the terminal device can send the second message at multiple frequency domain positions when the authorized time domain position is not within the COT, which further improves the efficiency of the successful transmission of the second message. There is no need to wait for the next COT indicated by the access network device, which reduces the transmission delay of the second message.
  • the terminal equipment and the network equipment include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the respective functions.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different devices for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide terminal devices and network devices into functional modules or functional units based on the above device examples.
  • each functional module or functional unit can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated In a processing module or processing unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules or units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules or units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1100 is used to implement the method embodiments in FIGS. 4 to 10.
  • the terminal device 1100 includes a receiving module 1101, a processing module 1102, and a sending module 1103.
  • the receiving module 1101 is configured to receive a first message sent by an access network device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of a second message, wherein the configuration parameter includes the configuration parameter of the second message Authorized time domain location;
  • the processing module 1102 is configured to enable the sending module 1103 to send the second message until the first condition is met when the authorized time domain position is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device; and When the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, or when the receiving module 1101 does not receive the COT, the sending module 1103 is caused to send the second message until the second condition is satisfied.
  • the first condition includes one of the following conditions:
  • the second message is sent successfully
  • the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold
  • the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
  • the second condition includes one of the following conditions:
  • the second message is sent successfully
  • the number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold.
  • the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
  • the first message is high-layer signaling
  • the second message is msg1.
  • processing module 1102 is further configured to obtain at least one of the following before the sending module 1103 sends the second message:
  • the first threshold is the first threshold
  • the channel access parameters in the COT are the channel access parameters in the COT.
  • processing module 1102 is further configured to obtain at least one of the following before the sending module 1103 sends the second message:
  • the first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the sharing The COT information or the shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
  • the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  • the terminal device 1100 is used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10.
  • the terminal device 1100 is used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10.
  • the terminal device 1100 is used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10.
  • the terminal device 1100 is used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10.
  • the terminal device 1100 is used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10.
  • the receiving module 1101 may be a receiver or a receiving circuit
  • the sending module 1103 may be a transmitter or a transmitting circuit.
  • the receiving module 1101 and the sending module 1103 may also be communication interfaces of the terminal device.
  • the processing module 1102 may be a processor.
  • the terminal device 1100 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12. As shown in FIG. 12, a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device is provided for this embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 includes a processor 1201 and a transceiver 1202.
  • the transceiver 1202 is used to support information transmission between the terminal device 1200 and the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 1201 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 1202 is used for receiving the message in step 401 and sending the message in step 402 and step 403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; the processing unit 1201 is used for sending Before the message, determine whether the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device.
  • the processor 1201 and the transceiver 1202 are in communication connection, for example, connected via a bus 1204.
  • the bus 1204 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the bus 1204 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 12, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the terminal device 1200 may further include a memory 1203.
  • the memory 1203 is used to store program codes and data for the terminal device 1200 to execute, and the processor 1201 is used to execute the application program codes stored in the memory 1203 to implement the actions of the terminal device provided in any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 10 .
  • the terminal device may include one or more processors, and the structure of the terminal device 1200 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1201 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array Field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the transceiver 1204 may be a communication interface or a transceiver circuit, etc., where the transceiver is a general term. In a specific implementation, the transceiver may include multiple interfaces.
  • the memory 1203 may include a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random access memory (random access memory, RAM); the memory 1203 may also include a non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as a read-only memory (read-only memory). Only memory (ROM), flash memory (flash memory), hard disk drive (HDD), or solid-state drive (SSD); the memory 1203 may also include a combination of the foregoing types of memories.
  • volatile memory such as a random access memory (random access memory, RAM
  • non-volatile memory such as a read-only memory (read-only memory).
  • SSD solid-state drive
  • a readable storage medium is also provided, which can be used to store computer software instructions used by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 10, so that the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. Any possible implementation of is implemented.
  • the storage medium includes but is not limited to flash memory, hard disk, and solid state hard disk.
  • a computer program product is also provided.
  • the computer product When the computer product is run by a computing device, it can execute the communication method designed for the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1300 includes a sending module 1301 and a receiving module 1302.
  • the sending module 1301 is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of a second message, wherein the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain of the second message position;
  • the receiving module 1302 is configured to receive the second message sent by the terminal device.
  • the sending module 1301 is further configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal device:
  • the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
  • the first message is high-layer signaling
  • the second message is msg1.
  • the first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the sharing The COT information or the shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
  • the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  • the network device 1300 is used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10.
  • the network device 1300 is used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10.
  • the specific implementation manners and corresponding beneficial effects of the functional blocks included in the network device of FIG. 13 reference may be made to the specific introduction of the foregoing embodiments in FIG. 4 to FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here.
  • the receiving module 1302 may be a receiver or a receiving circuit
  • the sending module 1301 may be a transmitter or a transmitting circuit.
  • the receiving module 1302 and the sending module 1301 may also be communication interfaces of the terminal device.
  • the aforementioned network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 may be implemented as the network device 1400 shown in FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 14 a schematic structural diagram of another network device is provided for this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1400 shown in FIG. 14 includes a processor 1401 and a transceiver 1402.
  • the transceiver 1402 is used to support information transmission between the network device 1400 and the terminal devices involved in the foregoing embodiments, and the processor 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device 1400.
  • the transceiver 1402 is used to send the message in step 401 and to receive the message in steps 402 and 403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; the processing unit 1401 is used to support all The transceiver 1402 performs the above steps.
  • the processor 1401 and the transceiver 1402 are communicatively connected, for example, connected via a bus.
  • the network device 1400 may further include a memory 1403.
  • the memory 1403 is used to store program codes and data for the network device 1400 to execute, and the processor 1401 is used to execute the application code stored in the memory 1403 to implement the actions of the network device provided by any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 10 .
  • the network device may include one or more processors, and the structure of the network device 1400 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1401 may be a CPU, an NP, a hardware chip, or any combination thereof.
  • the above hardware chip may be ASIC, PLD or a combination thereof.
  • the above PLD can be CPLD, FPGA, GAL or any combination thereof.
  • the memory 1403 may include a volatile memory, such as RAM; the memory 1403 may also include a non-volatile memory, such as ROM, flash memory, a hard disk, or a solid state hard disk; the memory 1403 may also include a combination of the foregoing types of memories.
  • a volatile memory such as RAM
  • the memory 1403 may also include a non-volatile memory, such as ROM, flash memory, a hard disk, or a solid state hard disk
  • the memory 1403 may also include a combination of the foregoing types of memories.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium that can be used to store computer software instructions used by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 10, so that the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. Any possible implementation of is implemented.
  • the storage medium includes but is not limited to flash memory, hard disk, and solid state hard disk.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer product When the computer product is run by a computing device, it can execute the communication method designed for the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • a and/or B refers to one of the following situations: A, B, A, and B.
  • At least one of refers to the listed items or any combination of any number of listed items.
  • at least one of A, B, and C refers to one of the following situations: A, B, C, A and B, B and C, A and C, A, B and C in any of the seven cases.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.
  • the implementation process of the embodiments of this application should constitute any limitation.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a communication method, a terminal device, and an access network device. The method comprises: an access network device sending a first message to a terminal device, wherein the first message is used for indicating, to the terminal device, that a configuration parameter of a second message is sent, and the configuration parameter comprises an authorized time domain location of the second message; when the authorized time domain location is in a channel occupation time (COT) indicated by the access network device, the terminal device sending the second message until a first condition is satisfied; and when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT or when no COT is received by the terminal device, the terminal device sending the second message until a second condition is satisfied. By means of the present application, the efficiency of successfully sending the second message can be improved, and the communication delay can be reduced.

Description

通信方法及终端设备、接入网设备Communication method, terminal equipment, and access network equipment
本申请要求于2019年01月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910086573.3、申请名称为“通信方法及终端设备、接入网设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201910086573.3, and the application name is "communication method and terminal equipment, access network equipment" on January 29, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及终端设备、接入网设备。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method, terminal equipment, and access network equipment.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动宽带业务(mobile broadband,MBB)业务的发展,数据流量与日俱增,用户对无线网络带宽和吞吐率的需求越来越大,增加频谱资源可以改善网络性能,例如,可以多加利用非授权(unlicensed)频段的资源。非授权频段具有共享的性质,多个通信系统可以在该非授权频段进行数据的接收和发送,但需要满足国际电信联盟(International Telecommunication Union,ITU)的法规约束,比如,规定采用先听后说(Listen Before Talk,LBT)等侦听技术接入信道。而在非授权频段发送消息的场景中,如何提高成功发送消息的效率以及如何减少通信时延是需要解决的问题。With the development of mobile broadband (MBB) services, data traffic is increasing day by day, and users have greater and greater demands for wireless network bandwidth and throughput. Increasing spectrum resources can improve network performance. For example, unlicensed ( unlicensed) frequency band resources. Unlicensed frequency bands have a shared nature. Multiple communication systems can receive and send data in this unlicensed frequency band, but they need to meet the legal constraints of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). (Listen Before Talk, LBT) and other listening technologies access the channel. In the scenario of sending messages in an unlicensed frequency band, how to improve the efficiency of successfully sending messages and how to reduce the communication delay is a problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及终端设备、接入网设备,以期提高成功发送消息的效率并减少通信时延。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, terminal equipment, and access network equipment, in order to improve the efficiency of successfully sending messages and reduce communication delay.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第一消息,第一消息用于向终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中配置参数包括第二消息的授权时域位置;在授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的信道占用时间COT内时,则终端设备发送第二消息,直至满足第一条件;在授权时域位置不在COT内时,或者,在终端设备未收到COT时,则终端设备发送第二消息,直至满足第二条件。The terminal device receives the first message sent by the access network device. The first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send the configuration parameters of the second message, where the configuration parameters include the authorized time domain location of the second message; When the channel indicated by the networked device occupies the time COT, the terminal device sends the second message until the first condition is met; when the authorized time domain position is not within the COT, or when the terminal device does not receive the COT, the terminal device Send the second message until the second condition is met.
在第一方面中,终端设备在接入网设备指示的COT内和不在COT内均可以多次发送第二消息,能够提高成功发送第二消息的效率,无需等待接入网设备指示的下一个COT,进而降低了第二消息的发送时延。In the first aspect, the terminal device can send the second message multiple times within the COT indicated by the access network device and not within the COT, which can improve the efficiency of successfully sending the second message without waiting for the next message indicated by the access network device. COT, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the second message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,一种可能的第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值;发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内。另一种可能的第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值。In a possible implementation, a possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain location for sending the second message is not Within COT. Another possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold.
具体是指:在授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT内时,若满足第一条件中的任意一个条件,终端设备停止发送第二消息。Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device, if any one of the first conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
这里的第一阈值是指授权时域位置在所述COT内时发送第二消息的次数。例如,第一阈值可以为1次或者至少两次。可选的,终端设备获取第一阈值。The first threshold here refers to the number of times the second message is sent when the authorized time domain location is within the COT. For example, the first threshold may be 1 time or at least twice. Optionally, the terminal device obtains the first threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发 送第二消息的次数达到第二阈值。具体是指:在授权时域位置不在COT内时,若满足第二条件中的任意一个条件,终端设备停止发送第二消息。In a possible implementation manner, the second condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold. Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, if any one of the second conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
这里的第二阈值是指授权时域位置不在所述COT内发送第二消息的次数。例如,第二阈值可以为1次或者至少两次。可选的,终端设备获取第二阈值。The second threshold here refers to the number of times that the authorized time domain location does not send the second message within the COT. For example, the second threshold may be 1 time or at least twice. Optionally, the terminal device obtains the second threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,由于本申请涉及第二消息的多次发送,本申请可以通过偏移量和前一次发送第二消息的时域位置来确定下一次发送第二消息的时域位置。In a possible implementation manner, since this application involves multiple transmissions of the second message, this application can determine the time domain of the next second message transmission based on the offset and the time domain position of the previous second message. position.
例如,对于在COT内发送第二消息的次数为至少两次的情况,偏移量用第一偏移量来表示。第一偏移量用于指示授权时域位置在COT内相邻两次发送第二消息的时域位置之间的时间偏移量。可选的,终端设备获取第一偏移量。For example, in the case where the number of times the second message is sent in the COT is at least twice, the offset is represented by the first offset. The first offset is used to indicate the time offset between the authorized time domain position within the COT where the second message is sent twice. Optionally, the terminal device obtains the first offset.
又如,对于不在COT内发送第二消息的次数为至少两次的情况,偏移量用第二偏移量来表示,第二偏移量用于指示授权时域位置不在COT内或未接收到COT相邻两次发送第二消息的时域位置之间的时间偏移量。可选的,终端设备获取第二偏移量。For another example, for the case where the number of times the second message is not sent in the COT is at least twice, the offset is represented by the second offset, and the second offset is used to indicate that the authorized time domain position is not in the COT or has not been received The time offset between the time domain positions where the second message is sent to the COT twice. Optionally, the terminal device obtains the second offset.
其中,时域位置之间的时间偏移量具体可以是时域起始位置之间的时间偏移量;或者,可以是时域结束位置之间的时间偏移量,或者,可以是前一个时域位置的结束位置与当前时域位置的起始位置之间的时间偏移量;本申请对此不做限定。Among them, the time offset between the time domain positions may specifically be the time offset between the time domain start positions; alternatively, it may be the time offset between the time domain end positions, or it may be the previous one The time offset between the end position of the time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position; this application does not limit this.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备还需要获取信道接入参数。在一种可能的实现方式中,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数相同。在另一种可能的实现方式中,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数不同,这里用第一参数表示发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数,用第二参数表示发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device also needs to obtain channel access parameters. In a possible implementation manner, the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are not within the COT. In another possible implementation, the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is not within the COT. Here The first parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, and the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
本申请对各信道接入参数占用的比特数不做限定,对各信道接入参数所指示的LBT情况不做限定。This application does not limit the number of bits occupied by each channel access parameter, and does not limit the LBT situation indicated by each channel access parameter.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例还涉及上行共享指示请求以及共享COT信息。可选的,终端设备获取上行共享指示请求。其中,该上行共享指示请求用于指示终端设备向接入网设备上报共享COT信息。共享COT信息是响应于共享指示请求的。上行共享指示请求还可以用上行共享指示等方式命名,本申请对上行共享指示请求、共享COT信息的命名方式不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, the embodiment of the present application also relates to an uplink sharing indication request and sharing COT information. Optionally, the terminal device obtains an uplink sharing indication request. Wherein, the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device. Sharing COT information is in response to a sharing instruction request. The uplink sharing indication request can also be named in a manner such as the uplink sharing indication, and this application does not limit the naming method of the uplink sharing indication request and the shared COT information.
可选的,终端设备向接入网设备发送共享COT信息。共享COT信息是终端设备在授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内执行LBT过程成功之后获得的COT,共享COT信包括可共享给接入网设备的时间长度信息,例如可以包括共享COT的起始时间位置和结束时间位置;或者,可以包括共享COT的起始时间位置和持续时长。Optionally, the terminal device sends shared COT information to the access network device. Shared COT information is the COT obtained after the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device. The shared COT information includes the length of time information that can be shared with the access network device, for example, it may include the shared COT The start time position and end time position of the; or, it can include the start time position and duration of the shared COT.
可选的,共享时间长度信可以基于时间单位(如:毫秒),也可以基于时隙为单位,符号为单位或者子帧为单位,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the sharing time length information may be based on a time unit (for example, milliseconds), or a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
可选的,如果接入网设备采用发送的方式向终端设备通知上行共享指示请求,在第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3的情况下,当接入网设备确定终端设备为基于竞争的随机接入时,由于第一消息包括CSI比特位,本申请可以通过第一消息中的CSI比特位来指示终端设备上报共享COT信息。Optionally, if the access network device notifies the terminal device of the uplink sharing indication request by sending, when the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3, when the access network device determines that the terminal device is contention-based During random access, since the first message includes the CSI bit, this application may use the CSI bit in the first message to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例还可能涉及在频域上执行LBT过程的至少一个频域位置。可选的,终端设备获取该至少一个频域位置。In a possible implementation manner, the embodiment of the present application may also involve at least one frequency domain location where the LBT process is performed in the frequency domain. Optionally, the terminal device obtains the at least one frequency domain location.
可选的,频域位置为一个。这里的一个频域位置是指终端设备在发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置。Optionally, there is one frequency domain position. A frequency domain position here refers to the frequency domain position of the terminal device when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
可选的,在发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为一个,用第一频域位置表示;在发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为至少一个,用M个第二频域位置表示,M为正整数。Optionally, when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, there is one frequency domain position for sending the second message, which is represented by the first frequency domain position; sent when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT The frequency domain position of the second message is at least one, represented by M second frequency domain positions, and M is a positive integer.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例中终端设备需要获取以下信息中的至少一个:第一阈值、第二阈值、第一偏移量、第二偏移量、上行共享指示请求、至少一个频域位置、第一参数、第二参数等,本申请实施例对终端设备获取以上信息的方式不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application needs to obtain at least one of the following information: a first threshold, a second threshold, a first offset, a second offset, an uplink sharing indication request, At least one frequency domain location, a first parameter, a second parameter, etc., the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device obtains the above information.
例如,以上信息可以部分采用发送的方式通知终端设备,部分采用预先约定或者默认的方式使终端设备直接确定,本申请实施例对此不做限定。For example, part of the above information may be sent to the terminal device, and part of the information may be directly determined by the terminal device in a pre-appointed or default manner, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
又如,对于采用发送方式通知的信息,以上全部或者部分信息可以在同一个发送消息中通知终端设备;或者,也可以在不同的发送消息中分别通知以上各个消息。For another example, for information notified by sending, all or part of the above information can be notified to the terminal device in the same sending message; or, the above messages can also be notified separately in different sending messages.
在一种可能的实现方式中,对可能的第一消息和第二消息的情况进行介绍:In a possible implementation manner, the possible situations of the first message and the second message are introduced:
可选的,第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3,例如msg3为终端设备收到msg2后发给接入网设备的竞争解决消息。Optionally, the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3. For example, msg3 is a contention resolution message sent to the access network device by the terminal device after receiving msg2.
可选的,第一消息为高层信令,如高层信令为通过广播消息发送的msg1的配置消息,包括:时/频域位置信息、第二阈值、信道接入参数等,第二消息为msg1。Optionally, the first message is high-level signaling. For example, the high-level signaling is a configuration message of msg1 sent through a broadcast message, including: time/frequency domain position information, second threshold, channel access parameters, etc., and the second message is msg1.
可选的,第一消息为下行控制信道消息和或高层信令配置消息,第二消息为混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)的确认(acknowledge,ACK)/非确认(not acknowledge,NACK)数据等。Optionally, the first message is a downlink control channel message and/or a high-level signaling configuration message, and the second message is a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement (ACK)/not acknowledgement (not acknowledgement) , NACK) data, etc.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,包括:In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
接入网设备向终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于向终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中配置参数包括第二消息的授权时域位置;接入网设备接收终端设备发送的第二消息。The access network device sends a first message to the terminal device. The first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send the configuration parameters of the second message, where the configuration parameters include the authorized time domain location of the second message; the access network device receives the terminal device's transmission The second news.
在第二方面中,接入网设备通过第一消息向终端设备发送第二消息的配置参数,以使终端设备在接入网设备指示的COT内和不在COT内均可以多次发送第二消息,能够提高成功发送第二消息的效率,相应的提高了接入网设备成功接收第二消息的效率,进而降低了第二消息的传输时延。In the second aspect, the access network device sends the configuration parameters of the second message to the terminal device through the first message, so that the terminal device can send the second message multiple times within the COT indicated by the access network device or not in the COT , The efficiency of successfully sending the second message can be improved, and the efficiency of successfully receiving the second message by the access network device can be correspondingly improved, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the second message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第一阈值。这里的第一阈值是指授权时域位置在COT内时发送第二消息的次数。例如,第一阈值可以为1次或者至少两次。In a possible implementation manner, the access network device may send the first threshold to the terminal device. The first threshold here refers to the number of times the second message is sent when the authorized time domain location is within the COT. For example, the first threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第二阈值。这里的第二阈值是指授权时域位置不在所述COT内发送第二消息的次数。例如,第二阈值可以为1次或者至少两次。In a possible implementation manner, the access network device may send the second threshold to the terminal device. The second threshold here refers to the number of times that the authorized time domain location does not send the second message within the COT. For example, the second threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
在一种可能的实现方式中,由于本申请涉及第二消息的多次发送,本申请可以通过偏移量和前一次发送第二消息的时域位置来确定下一次发送第二消息的时域位置。In a possible implementation manner, since this application involves multiple transmissions of the second message, this application can determine the time domain of the next second message transmission based on the offset and the time domain position of the previous second message. position.
例如,对于在COT内发送第二消息的次数为至少两次的情况,偏移量用第一偏移量来表示。第一偏移量用于指示授权时域位置在COT内相邻两次发送第二消息的时域位置之间的时间偏移量。接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第一偏移量。For example, in the case where the number of times the second message is sent in the COT is at least twice, the offset is represented by the first offset. The first offset is used to indicate the time offset between the authorized time domain position within the COT where the second message is sent twice. The access network device may send the first offset to the terminal device.
又如,对于不在COT内发送第二消息的次数为至少两次的情况,偏移量用第二偏移量来表示,第二偏移量用于指示授权时域位置不在COT内或未接收到COT相邻两次发送第二消息的时域位置之间的时间偏移量。接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第二偏移量。For another example, for the case where the number of times the second message is not sent in the COT is at least twice, the offset is represented by the second offset, and the second offset is used to indicate that the authorized time domain position is not in the COT or has not been received The time offset between the time domain positions where the second message is sent to the COT twice. The access network device may send the second offset to the terminal device.
其中,时域位置之间的时间偏移量具体可以是时域起始位置之间的时间偏移量;或者,可以是时域结束位置之间的时间偏移量,或者,可以是前一个时域位置的结束位置与当前时域位置的起始位置之间的时间偏移量;本申请对此不做限定。Among them, the time offset between the time domain positions may specifically be the time offset between the time domain start positions; alternatively, it may be the time offset between the time domain end positions, or it may be the previous one The time offset between the end position of the time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position; this application does not limit this.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送信道接入参数。在一种可能的实现方式中,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数相同。在另一种可能的实现方式中,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数不同,这里用第一参数表示发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数,用第二参数表示发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数。In a possible implementation manner, the access network device may send channel access parameters to the terminal device. In a possible implementation manner, the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are not within the COT. In another possible implementation, the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is sent are within the COT and the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of the second message is not within the COT. Here The first parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, and the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
本申请对各信道接入参数占用的比特数不做限定,对各信道接入参数所指示的LBT情况不做限定。This application does not limit the number of bits occupied by each channel access parameter, and does not limit the LBT situation indicated by each channel access parameter.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送上行共享指示请求。该上行共享指示请求用于指示终端设备向接入网设备上报共享COT信息。上行共享指示请求还可以用上行共享指示等方式命名,本申请对上行共享指示请求、共享COT信息的命名方式不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, the access network device may send an uplink sharing indication request to the terminal device. The uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device. The uplink sharing indication request can also be named in a manner such as the uplink sharing indication, and this application does not limit the naming method of the uplink sharing indication request and the shared COT information.
进一步的,接入网设备接收终端设备发送的共享COT信息。可选的,共享COT信息是终端设备在授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内执行LBT过程成功之后获得的COT,共享COT信包括可共享给接入网设备的时间长度信息,例如可以包括共享COT的起始时间位置和结束时间位置;或者,可以包括共享COT的起始时间位置和持续时长。Further, the access network device receives the shared COT information sent by the terminal device. Optionally, the shared COT information is the COT obtained after the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device. The shared COT information includes the length of time information that can be shared with the access network device, for example It may include the start time position and end time position of the shared COT; or, may include the start time position and duration of the shared COT.
可选的,共享时间长度信可以基于时间单位(如:毫秒),也可以基于时隙为单位,符号为单位或者子帧为单位,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the sharing time length information may be based on a time unit (for example, milliseconds), or a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
可选的,如果接入网设备采用发送的方式向终端设备通知上行共享指示请求,在第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3的情况下,当接入网设备确定终端设备为基于竞争的随机接入时,由于第一消息包括CSI比特位,本申请可以通过第一消息中的CSI比特位来指示终端设备上报共享COT信息。Optionally, if the access network device notifies the terminal device of the uplink sharing indication request by sending, when the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3, when the access network device determines that the terminal device is contention-based During random access, since the first message includes the CSI bit, this application may use the CSI bit in the first message to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例还可能涉及在频域上执行LBT过程的至少一个频域位置。接入网设备可以向终端设备发送在频域上执行LBT过程的至少一个频域位置。In a possible implementation manner, the embodiment of the present application may also involve at least one frequency domain location where the LBT process is performed in the frequency domain. The access network device may send to the terminal device at least one frequency domain location for performing the LBT process in the frequency domain.
可选的,频域位置为一个。这里的一个频域位置是指终端设备在发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置。Optionally, there is one frequency domain position. A frequency domain position here refers to the frequency domain position of the terminal device when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
可选的,在发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为一个,用第一频域位置表示;在发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为 至少一个,用M个第二频域位置表示,M为正整数。Optionally, when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, there is one frequency domain position for sending the second message, which is represented by the first frequency domain position; sent when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT The frequency domain position of the second message is at least one, represented by M second frequency domain positions, and M is a positive integer.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例对于终端设备需要获取的以下信息中的至少一个信息:第一阈值、第二阈值、第一偏移量、第二偏移量、上行共享指示请求、至少一个频域位置、第一参数、第二参数等,接入网设备可以部分或全部采用发送的方式通知终端设备,或者,部分或全部采用预先约定或者默认的方式使终端设备直接确定,本申请实施例对此不做限定。又如,对于采用发送方式通知的信息,以上全部或者部分信息可以在同一个发送消息中通知终端设备;或者,也可以在不同的发送消息中分别通知以上各个消息。In a possible implementation manner, the embodiment of the present application requires at least one of the following information that the terminal device needs to obtain: a first threshold, a second threshold, a first offset, a second offset, and uplink sharing indication Request, at least one frequency domain location, first parameter, second parameter, etc., the access network device may partially or completely notify the terminal device by sending, or partially or completely use a pre-appointed or default method for the terminal device to directly determine This embodiment of the application does not limit this. For another example, for information notified by sending, all or part of the above information can be notified to the terminal device in the same sending message; or, the above messages can also be notified separately in different sending messages.
在一种可能的实现方式中,对可能的第一消息和第二消息的情况进行介绍:In a possible implementation manner, the possible situations of the first message and the second message are introduced:
可选的,第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3,例如msg3为终端设备收到msg2后发给接入网设备的竞争解决消息。Optionally, the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3. For example, msg3 is a contention resolution message sent to the access network device by the terminal device after receiving msg2.
可选的,第一消息为高层信令,如高层信令为通过广播消息发送的msg1的配置消息,包括:时/频域位置信息、第二阈值、信道接入参数等,所述第二消息为msg1。Optionally, the first message is high-level signaling. For example, the high-level signaling is a msg1 configuration message sent through a broadcast message, including: time/frequency domain position information, second thresholds, channel access parameters, etc., and the second The message is msg1.
可选的,第一消息为下行控制信道消息和或高层信令配置消息,第二消息为混合自动重传请求的确认/非确认数据等。Optionally, the first message is a downlink control channel message and or a high-level signaling configuration message, and the second message is confirmation/non-confirmation data of the hybrid automatic repeat request.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备接收第二消息的具体实现是:接入网设备可以根据所指示的COT和配置的发送第二消息的授权时域位置,确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置,并按照所确定的时频位置对第二消息进行接收。可选的,接入网设备还可以结合第一阈值、第二阈值、第一偏移量、第二偏移量、在频域上的至少一个频域位置、上行共享指示请求等中的至少一个信息来确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置,当确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置由有多个时,接入网设备依次进行检测,直到所有的发送第二消息的时频位置都检测完毕或者成功接收到第二消息为止。In a possible implementation, the specific implementation for the access network device to receive the second message is: the access network device can determine that the terminal device sends the second message according to the indicated COT and the configured authorized time domain location for sending the second message Second, the time-frequency position of the message, and the second message is received according to the determined time-frequency position. Optionally, the access network device may also combine at least one of the first threshold, the second threshold, the first offset, the second offset, at least one frequency domain position in the frequency domain, an uplink sharing indication request, etc. One piece of information is used to determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message. When it is determined that there are multiple time-frequency positions of the terminal device to send the second message, the access network device performs detection in turn until all the time and frequency positions of the second message are sent. The frequency position is detected or the second message is successfully received.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备,包括:In the third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including:
接收模块,用于接收接入网设备发送的第一消息,第一消息用于向终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中配置参数包括第二消息的授权时域位置;A receiving module, configured to receive a first message sent by an access network device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of the second message, where the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message;
处理模块,用于在授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的信道占用时间COT内时,使发送模块发送第二消息,直至满足第一条件;以及The processing module is used to make the sending module send the second message when the authorized time domain position is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device until the first condition is met; and
用于在授权时域位置不在COT内时,或者,在接收模块未收到COT时,使发送模块发送第二消息,直至满足第二条件。It is used to make the sending module send the second message when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, or when the receiving module does not receive the COT, until the second condition is met.
可选的,该终端设备还可以实现上述第一方面及其第一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所执行的方法。Optionally, the terminal device may also implement the foregoing first aspect and the method executed in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including:
发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于向终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中配置参数包括第二消息的授权时域位置;A sending module, configured to send a first message to a terminal device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of the second message, where the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message;
接收模块,用于接收终端设备发送的第二消息。The receiving module is used to receive the second message sent by the terminal device.
可选的,该网络设备还可以实现上述第二方面及其第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所执行的方法。Optionally, the network device may also implement the foregoing second aspect and the method performed by any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述设备设计中的终 端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器、存储器和收发器;In the fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be the terminal device in the above device design, or a chip set in the terminal device. The communication device includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;
收发器用于进行消息的接收和发送;The transceiver is used to receive and send messages;
存储器用于存储指令;The memory is used to store instructions;
处理器用于执行存储器存储的指令,当处理器执行存储器存储的指令时,使通信装置执行上述第一方面及其第一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所执行的方法。The processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory. When the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the communication device executes the foregoing first aspect and the method executed by any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述设备设计中的网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器、存储器和收发器;In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a network device in the above device design, or a chip set in the network device. The communication device includes: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;
收发器用于进行消息的接收和发送;The transceiver is used to receive and send messages;
存储器用于存储指令;The memory is used to store instructions;
处理器用于执行存储器存储的指令,当处理器执行存储器存储的指令时,使通信装置执行上述第二方面及其第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所执行的方法。The processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory. When the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the communication device executes the second aspect and the method executed by any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
第七方面,为本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端设备和接入网设备。该终端设备用于执行上述第一方面及其第一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所执行的方法,该接入网设备用于执行上述第二方面及其第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所执行的方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication system is provided for an embodiment of this application, and the communication system includes a terminal device and an access network device. The terminal device is used to execute the method performed by the foregoing first aspect and any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and the access network device is used to implement any one of the foregoing second aspect and any one of the second aspects. The method executed by the implementation.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof In the method.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the second aspect and any possible implementations thereof. In the method.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种可读存储介质,该可读存储介质用于存储指令,使上述第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式被实现。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, where the readable storage medium is used to store instructions to implement the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种可读存储介质,该可读存储介质用于存储指令,使上述第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式被实现。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, where the readable storage medium is used to store instructions to implement the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, the drawings required to be used in the embodiments of the present application will be described below.
图1为本申请实施例涉及的一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system related to an embodiment of this application;
图2a为本申请实施例提供的一种现有的发送消息的示例图;FIG. 2a is an example diagram of an existing message sending provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2b为本申请实施例提供的另一种现有的发送消息的示例图;FIG. 2b is an example diagram of another existing message sending provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的COT的示例图;Figure 3a is an example diagram of a possible COT provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的COT的示例图;FIG. 3b is an example diagram of another possible COT provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图;FIG. 5 is an example diagram of a possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图;FIG. 6 is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图;FIG. 7 is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application;
图8a为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图;FIG. 8a is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application;
图8b为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图;FIG. 8b is an example diagram of another possible time domain position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的通信带宽内定义多sub-band的示例图;FIG. 9 is an example diagram of defining multiple sub-bands in a possible communication bandwidth provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的发送第二消息的时频位置的示例图;FIG. 10 is an example diagram of another possible time-frequency position for sending a second message according to an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种接入网设备的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例进行说明。The embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
请参见图1,图1是本申请实施例涉及的一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统包括接入网设备101和终端设备102。接入网设备101和终端设备102之间可以进行通信,例如,可以利用非授权频段的资源进行通信。接入网设备101和终端设备102在非授权频段传输数据之前,需要执行LBT过程。Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system involved in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system includes an access network device 101 and a terminal device 102. The access network device 101 and the terminal device 102 may communicate with each other, for example, the resources of an unlicensed frequency band may be used for communication. The access network device 101 and the terminal device 102 need to perform an LBT process before transmitting data in an unlicensed frequency band.
以接入网设备101执行LBT过程为例,如果在待发送数据的信道执行LBT过程成功,则接入网设备101可以在该信道上发送数据;如果在待发送数据的信道执行LBT过程失败,则接入网设备101还需要继续监听。当执行LBT过程成功后,接入网设备101能够获取到一个信道占用时间(channel occupancy time,COT),接入网设备可以在该COT内发送信道数据或者信号。例如,当前标准中规定最大信道占用时间(maximum channel occupancy time,MCOT)是3ms、4ms、8ms或者10ms。Take the access network device 101 performing the LBT process as an example. If the LBT process on the channel where the data is to be sent is successful, the access network device 101 can send data on that channel; if the LBT process on the channel where the data is to be sent fails, Then the access network device 101 needs to continue to monitor. After the LBT process is successfully executed, the access network device 101 can obtain a channel occupancy time (COT), and the access network device can send channel data or signals in the COT. For example, the current standard stipulates that the maximum channel occupancy time (MCOT) is 3ms, 4ms, 8ms, or 10ms.
在接入网设备101获得一个COT后,可以自行占用该COT来发送数据,也可以将该COT分享给终端设备102,让终端设备102在接入网设备101分享的COT上发送上行数据。After the access network device 101 obtains a COT, it can use the COT to send data by itself, or share the COT with the terminal device 102 so that the terminal device 102 can send uplink data on the COT shared by the access network device 101.
例如,在随机接入的场景中,接入网设备101可以将获取到的COT分享给终端设备102,结合图2a和图2b进行介绍。For example, in a random access scenario, the access network device 101 may share the acquired COT with the terminal device 102, which will be introduced in conjunction with FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b.
请参见图2a,为本申请实施例提供了一种现有的发送消息的示例图。如图2a所示,COT 201是接入网设备101获得的一个COT,接入网设备101将COT 201共享给终端设备102,终端设备102在随机接入过程中,在COT 201内发送msg1,并在随机接入时间窗(RAR-windows)内接收msg2。由图2a可以看出随机接入时间窗的部分在COT 201之外,因此终端设备102在COT 201内的部分RAR-windows上接收msg2。如果未成功接收msg2,则终端设备102需要重新发送msg1。在现有的技术方案中,由于COT 201的信道占用时间已经结束,因此终端设备102需要在接入网设备101共享的另一个COT 202才能重新发送msg1,这样增加了msg1的发送时延,降低了msg1成功发送的效率。Refer to FIG. 2a, which provides an example diagram of an existing message sending in an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 2a, the COT 201 is a COT obtained by the access network device 101. The access network device 101 shares the COT 201 with the terminal device 102. The terminal device 102 sends msg1 in the COT 201 during the random access process. And receive msg2 in the random access time window (RAR-windows). It can be seen from Fig. 2a that the part of the random access time window is outside the COT 201, so the terminal device 102 receives msg2 on part of the RAR-windows in the COT 201. If msg2 is not successfully received, the terminal device 102 needs to resend msg1. In the existing technical solution, since the channel occupancy time of COT 201 has ended, the terminal device 102 needs another COT 202 shared by the access network device 101 to resend msg1, which increases the transmission delay of msg1 and reduces The efficiency of msg1 successfully sent.
请参见图2b,为本申请实施例提供了另一种现有的发送消息的示例图。如图2b所示,COT 203是接入网设备101获得的一个COT,接入网设备101将COT 203共享给终端设备102,终端设备102在随机接入过程中,在COT 203内接收到msg2。接着,终端设备102需要向接入网设备101发送msg3,由于COT 203中剩余的时间全部是下行符号/时隙,因此,Msg2无法通过COT内的资源调度Msg3,即终端设备102无法在本COT 203内完成 msg3的发送。在现有的技术方案中,由于COT 203的信道占用时间无法用于发送msg3,因此终端设备102需要在接入网设备101共享的另一个COT 204才能重新发送msg3,且由于接入网络设备执行LBT过程的结果不确定,导致另一个COT 204的获取时间不确定,增加了msg3的发送时延,降低了msg3成功发送的效率。Please refer to FIG. 2b, which provides another example diagram of sending messages in the present application. As shown in Figure 2b, COT 203 is a COT obtained by the access network device 101. The access network device 101 shares the COT 203 with the terminal device 102. The terminal device 102 receives msg2 in the COT 203 during the random access process. . Next, the terminal device 102 needs to send msg3 to the access network device 101. Since the remaining time in the COT 203 is all downlink symbols/slots, Msg2 cannot schedule Msg3 through the resources in the COT, that is, the terminal device 102 cannot be used in the COT. The sending of msg3 is completed within 203. In the existing technical solution, since the channel occupancy time of COT 203 cannot be used to send msg3, the terminal device 102 needs another COT 204 shared by the access network device 101 to resend msg3, and because the access network device executes The result of the LBT process is uncertain, resulting in the uncertain acquisition time of another COT 204, which increases the transmission delay of msg3 and reduces the efficiency of successful msg3 transmission.
其中,图2a和图2b以及本申请实施例中涉及的非COT duration为接入网设备101不可以占用的信道时间,因此,终端设备102无法在该时间段发送上述两个场景中所需发送的消息。另,如图2a和图2b的消息均是随机接入过程中涉及的两个消息,在影响了上述消息的发送成功的效率之后,也增加了随机接入过程成功的时延,甚至会造成随机接入过程失败。Among them, the non-COT duration involved in Figures 2a and 2b and the embodiments of this application is the channel time that the access network device 101 cannot occupy. Therefore, the terminal device 102 cannot transmit the required transmission in the above two scenarios in this time period. News. In addition, the messages shown in Figure 2a and Figure 2b are two messages involved in the random access process. After affecting the efficiency of the successful transmission of the above messages, it also increases the delay of the success of the random access process, and may even cause The random access process failed.
而在本申请中,以终端设备102需要发送的消息为msg3为例,在终端设备在msg3的发送时域位置到达之前,若终端设备102发送msg3的时域位置在该COT内,则终端设备102发送msg3,直至满足第一条件;若终端设备102发送msg3的时域位置不在该COT内,则终端设备102发送msg3,直至满足第二条件。这样不论msg3的时域位置在接入网设备101指示的COT内或者不在COT内,终端设备102均可发送msg3,无需等待接入网设备指示的下一个COT,减小了msg3的发送时延,提高了msg3成功发送的效率,进而也减小了随机接入过程中的时延,会提高随机接入过程成功的效率。具体可以以下参见本申请图3a至图14的实施例的详细描述。In this application, the message that the terminal device 102 needs to send is msg3 as an example. Before the terminal device 102 arrives at the time domain location of msg3, if the time domain location of the terminal device 102 sending msg3 is within the COT, the terminal device 102 sends msg3 until the first condition is met; if the time domain location where the terminal device 102 sends msg3 is not within the COT, the terminal device 102 sends msg3 until the second condition is met. In this way, no matter if the time domain position of msg3 is within the COT indicated by the access network device 101 or not within the COT, the terminal device 102 can send msg3 without waiting for the next COT indicated by the access network device, which reduces the transmission delay of msg3 This improves the efficiency of successful msg3 transmission, thereby also reducing the delay in the random access process, which will improve the efficiency of the random access process. For details, please refer to the detailed description of the embodiments in FIG. 3a to FIG. 14 of this application below.
接下来对本申请有可能涉及的内容进行介绍:Next, we will introduce the possible content of this application:
1、本申请对COT的应用场景不做限定,请参见图3a和图3b的举例说明。1. This application does not limit the application scenarios of COT, please refer to Figure 3a and Figure 3b for examples.
请参见图3a,为本申请实施例提供了一种可能的COT的示例图。图3a为子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)为15KHz的COT示例图,其中,一个子帧为1ms,1个子帧包括1个时隙,1个时隙包含14个符号。例如,接入网设备101在子帧0以及子帧1的符号0、1、2上执行LBT过程,在执行LBT过程成功后在子帧1的符号2上成功获得COT 301,该COT 301占用8个子帧,在子帧8的末尾结束。接入网设备101通过执行LBT过程在子帧11的末尾获得COT 302,该COT 302占用8个子帧。Please refer to FIG. 3a, which provides an example diagram of a possible COT in this embodiment of the application. Figure 3a is an example diagram of a COT with a subcarrier spacing (SCS) of 15KHz, where one subframe is 1ms, one subframe includes one slot, and one slot includes 14 symbols. For example, the access network device 101 performs the LBT process on symbols 0, 1, and 2 of subframe 0 and subframe 1, and successfully obtains COT 301 on symbol 2 of subframe 1 after successfully performing the LBT process. The COT 301 is occupied 8 subframes, ending at the end of subframe 8. The access network device 101 obtains the COT 302 at the end of the subframe 11 by performing the LBT process, and the COT 302 occupies 8 subframes.
请参见图3b,为本申请实施例提供了另一种可能的COT的示例图。图3b为SCS为60KHz的COT示例图,其中,一个子帧为1ms,1个子帧包括4个时隙,1个时隙包含14个符号。例如,接入网设备101在子帧0上执行LBT过程,在执行LBT过程成功后在子帧0的末尾获得COT 303,该COT 303占用8个子帧,在子帧8的末尾结束。接入网设备101通过执行LBT过程在子帧11的末尾获得COT 304,该COT 304占用6个子帧。Please refer to FIG. 3b, which provides an example diagram of another possible COT in this embodiment of the application. Fig. 3b is an example diagram of COT with SCS of 60KHz, where one subframe is 1ms, one subframe includes 4 slots, and one slot includes 14 symbols. For example, the access network device 101 performs an LBT process on subframe 0, and obtains a COT 303 at the end of subframe 0 after successfully performing the LBT process. The COT 303 occupies 8 subframes and ends at the end of subframe 8. The access network device 101 obtains the COT 304 at the end of the subframe 11 by performing the LBT process, and the COT 304 occupies 6 subframes.
图3a和图3b仅为举例来说,本申请实施例中涉及的COT还可以为其他SCS下的COT。Figures 3a and 3b are merely examples, and the COT involved in the embodiment of the present application may also be COT under other SCS.
2、本申请涉及的LBT过程在现有的第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)中包括以下几种参数情况:2. The LBT process involved in this application includes the following parameters in the existing 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP):
(1)LBT CAT 1:无LBT,表示无需在非授权频段上实施LBT机制,即可立即发送数据;(1) LBT CAT 1: No LBT, which means that data can be sent immediately without implementing the LBT mechanism on the unlicensed frequency band;
(2)LBT CAT2:无随机退避LBT,也叫one shot LBT,即只做25us的基于能量检测的LBT;(2) LBT CAT2: LBT without random backoff, also called one shot LBT, that is, only 25us LBT based on energy detection;
采用固定时长的帧,包括信道占用时间和空闲时间。在要进行数据传输之前进行空闲 信道评估CCA(Clear Channel Assessment,CCA),如果信道空闲,则在随后的信道占用时间进行数据传输,否则在整个帧周期内都无法传输数据。发送方发送数据前确定信号是否空闲的时间长度是确定的。Use fixed-length frames, including channel occupation time and idle time. Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) is performed before data transmission. If the channel is free, data transmission is performed during the subsequent channel occupation time, otherwise data cannot be transmitted during the entire frame period. The length of time for the sender to determine whether the signal is idle before sending data is determined.
(3)LBT CAT3:采用固定长度竞争窗口的随机退避LBT;(3) LBT CAT3: Random backoff LBT with fixed length competition window;
采用不固定帧周期的帧结构,以负载变化为依据的模式。竞争窗口长度固定,采用的是扩展CCA(Extended CCA),在检测到信道空闲时,数据传输可以立即开始,否则就要进入竞争窗口,即固定数目的ECCA窗口。A frame structure with an unfixed frame period and a mode based on load changes. The length of the contention window is fixed, and the extended CCA (Extended CCA) is used. When the channel is detected to be idle, the data transmission can start immediately, otherwise it will enter the contention window, that is, a fixed number of ECCA windows.
(4)LBT CAT4:采用非固定长度竞争窗口的随机退避LBT;(4) LBT CAT4: Random backoff LBT with non-fixed length competition window;
在检测到信道被占用或者到达最大传输时间之后,发送端进入竞争窗口。与采用固定长度竞争窗口不同的是,LBT CAT4方式中发送端可以改变竞争窗口的长度,同时标准根据业务类型不同,分为4个优先级,4个优先级分别对应于不同的COT长度以及竞争窗口长度的参数(参见表1)。After detecting that the channel is occupied or the maximum transmission time is reached, the sender enters the contention window. Different from using a fixed-length contention window, the sender can change the length of the contention window in the LBT CAT4 mode. At the same time, the standard is divided into 4 priority levels according to different business types, and the 4 priority levels correspond to different COT lengths and competitions. The parameter of the window length (see Table 1).
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000001
3、本申请涉及的msg1、msg2、msg3为随机接入(random access,RA)过程中消息,具体分别为:3. The msg1, msg2, and msg3 involved in this application are messages in the random access (RA) process, which are specifically:
msg1:为随机接入前导序列(Random access preamble)。终端设备可以随机选择一个前导序列,在随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)上发送。终端设备发送完前导序列后,在一个随机接入时间窗内接收接入网设备回复的msg2。msg1: Random access preamble. The terminal device can randomly select a preamble sequence and send it on a random access channel (RACH). After sending the preamble sequence, the terminal device receives msg2 from the access network device within a random access time window.
msg2:为随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)。在接入网设备检测到有前导序列发送后,下行发送随机接入响应,随机接入响应中至少应包含以下信息:所收到的前导序列的编号、定时调整信息、为该终端设备分配的上行资源位置指示信息、临时分配的C-RNTI。msg2: Random access response (RAR). After the access network device detects that a preamble sequence is sent, it sends a random access response in the downlink. The random access response should at least contain the following information: the number of the received preamble sequence, timing adjustment information, and the allocation for the terminal device Uplink resource location indication information, temporarily allocated C-RNTI.
msg3:为上行消息,终端设备在收到随机接入响应后,根据随机接入响应指示的上行资源发送msg3。msg3: It is an uplink message. After receiving the random access response, the terminal device sends msg3 according to the uplink resource indicated by the random access response.
4、本申请涉及的终端设备可以指用户设备(user equipment,UE),可以为手持终端、笔记本电脑、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handheld)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、无绳电话(cordless phone)或者无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)台、机器类型通信(machine type communication, MTC)终端或是其他可以接入移动网络的设备。终端设备与接入网设备之间采用某种空口技术相互通信。4. The terminal equipment involved in this application can refer to user equipment (UE), which can be a handheld terminal, a notebook computer, a subscriber unit, a cellular phone, a smart phone, and a personal digital device. Assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device, laptop computer, cordless phone or wireless local loop (wireless local loop) , WLL) station, machine type communication (MTC) terminal or other equipment that can access the mobile network. The terminal equipment and the access network equipment use a certain air interface technology to communicate with each other.
5、本申请涉及的接入网设备,主要负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密等功能。接入网设备可以包括各种形式的基站,例如:宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,接入点等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同,例如,在第五代(5th generation,5G)系统中,称为gNB;在第四代(4th generation,4G)系统中,称为演进的节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB或者eNodeB)等。5. The access network equipment involved in this application is mainly responsible for functions such as radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression, and encryption on the air interface side. The access network equipment may include various forms of base stations, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also referred to as small stations), relay stations, and access points. In systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of devices with base station functions may be different. For example, in the 5th generation (5G) system, it is called gNB; in the fourth generation (4th generation, 5G) system, it is called gNB; In the generation (4G) system, it is called an evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB).
本申请实施例还可应用于其它需要在非授权频段发送消息的通信系统中。术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。本申请实施例描述的系统架构是为了便于说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。在本申请的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个,“至少两个”是指两个或多于两个。The embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems that need to send messages in an unlicensed frequency band. The term "system" can be used interchangeably with "network". The system architecture described in the embodiments of this application is to facilitate the description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and does not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture, this The technical solutions provided in the application embodiments are equally applicable to similar technical problems. In the description of this application, "plurality" means two or more than two, and "at least two" means two or more than two.
接下来对本申请实施例的具体实现方式进行介绍。Next, the specific implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be introduced.
基于图1所示的通信系统,请参见图4,为本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法的流程示意图。图4所示的方法包括步骤401至步骤403。Based on the communication system shown in FIG. 1, please refer to FIG. 4, which provides a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 4 includes steps 401 to 403.
401,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一消息。401. An access network device sends a first message to a terminal device.
相应的,终端设备接收第一消息。其中,第一消息用于向终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数。配置参数包括第二消息的授权时域位置。授权时域位置可以描述为发送时域时机,例如在第一消息为高层信令、第二消息为msg1的情况下,msg1的配置参数包括msg1的发送时域时机。又如,在第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3的情况下,msg3的配置参数包括msg3的授权时域位置。本申请实施例第二消息的授权时域位置的命名方式不做限定。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first message. The first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send the configuration parameter of the second message. The configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message. The authorized time domain location can be described as the sending time domain opportunity. For example, when the first message is high-level signaling and the second message is msg1, the configuration parameter of msg1 includes the sending time domain opportunity of msg1. For another example, when the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3, the configuration parameters of msg3 include the authorized time domain location of msg3. The naming method of the authorized time domain location of the second message in the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
本申请实施例中涉及各个时域位置用于指示在时域上占用的位置,例如可以通过时域起始位置和时域结束位置来指示;或者,通过时域起始位置和时域持续时长来指示。In the embodiments of the present application, each time domain position involved is used to indicate the position occupied in the time domain, for example, it can be indicated by the time domain start position and the time domain end position; or, the time domain start position and the time domain duration To instruct.
402,在授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的信道占用时间COT内时,则终端设备发送第二消息,直至满足第一条件。402. When the authorized time domain location is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device sends a second message until the first condition is met.
其中,一种可能的第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值;发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内。具体是指:在授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT内时,若满足第一条件中的任意一个条件,终端设备停止发送第二消息。其中条件“发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内”是指在发送第二消息次数为至少两次的情况下,除第一次之外的其他次数发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内,这一情况下,将停止发送第二消息。Among them, a possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT. Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device, if any one of the first conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message. The condition "the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT" means that when the second message is sent for at least two times, the time domain position of the second message is not in the COT for any number of times other than the first time. In this case, the second message will stop sending.
另一种可能的第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值。具体是指:在授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT内时,若满足第一条件中的任意一个条件,终端设备停止发送第二消息。Another possible first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold. Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device, if any one of the first conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
这里的第一阈值是指授权时域位置在所述COT内时发送第二消息的次数。例如,第一阈值可以为1次或者至少两次。The first threshold here refers to the number of times the second message is sent when the authorized time domain location is within the COT. For example, the first threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
一种可能的情况中,接入网设备采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一阈值,以使终端设备获取到第一阈值。例如,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一阈值或者指示第一阈值的第一指示信息。其中,如果假设第一阈值可以从集合{1、2、3、4}中选择,若选择为4次,则所发送的第一阈值可以为4;或者,第一阈值的第一指示信息占用两个比特,可以采用“11”指示第一阈值为4次。可选的,接入网设备可以采用广播消息以广播的方式向终端设备发送第一阈值或者第一指示信息;或者接入网设备可以通过终端专用高层信令或者通过物理层控制信道或者其他消息向终端设备发送第一阈值或者第一指示信息。本申请实施例不限定第一阈值的发送方式、不限定携带第一阈值的消息类型以及不限定第一阈值占用的比特数。In a possible situation, the access network device notifies the terminal device of the first threshold in a sending manner, so that the terminal device can obtain the first threshold. For example, the access network device sends the first threshold or first indication information indicating the first threshold to the terminal device. Among them, if it is assumed that the first threshold can be selected from the set {1, 2, 3, 4}, if the selection is 4 times, the first threshold sent can be 4; or, the first indication information of the first threshold occupies Two bits, "11" can be used to indicate that the first threshold is 4 times. Optionally, the access network device may use a broadcast message to send the first threshold or the first indication information to the terminal device in a broadcast manner; or the access network device may use terminal dedicated high-level signaling or use a physical layer control channel or other messages Send the first threshold or the first indication information to the terminal device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending manner of the first threshold, the type of message carrying the first threshold, and the number of bits occupied by the first threshold.
另一种可能的情况中,第一阈值可以为该通信系统中预先约定好或者默认的数值,这样接入网设备不需要发送第一阈值或者不需要发送指示第一阈值的第一指示信息,终端设备可以直接确定第一阈值,节省了传输开销。In another possible situation, the first threshold may be a predetermined or default value in the communication system, so that the access network device does not need to send the first threshold or does not need to send the first indication information indicating the first threshold. The terminal device can directly determine the first threshold, which saves transmission overhead.
403,在授权时域位置不在COT内时,或者,在终端设备未收到COT时,则终端设备发送第二消息,直至满足第二条件。403: When the authorized time domain location is not within the COT, or when the terminal device does not receive the COT, the terminal device sends a second message until the second condition is met.
针对步骤402和步骤403终端设备发送的第二消息,相应的,接入网设备接收第二消息。具体实现中,接入网设备可以根据所指示的COT和配置的发送第二消息的授权时域位置,确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置,并按照所确定的时频位置对第二消息进行接收。可选的,接入网设备还可以结合第一阈值、第二阈值、第一偏移量、第二偏移量、在频域上的至少一个频域位置、上行共享指示请求等中的至少一个信息来确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置,当确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置由有多个时,接入网设备依次进行检测,直到所有的发送第二消息的时频位置都检测完毕或者成功接收到第二消息为止。For the second message sent by the terminal device in step 402 and step 403, correspondingly, the access network device receives the second message. In specific implementation, the access network device can determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message according to the indicated COT and the configured authorized time-domain position for sending the second message, and compare the second message according to the determined time-frequency position. The message is received. Optionally, the access network device may also combine at least one of the first threshold, the second threshold, the first offset, the second offset, at least one frequency domain position in the frequency domain, an uplink sharing indication request, etc. One piece of information is used to determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message. When it is determined that there are multiple time-frequency positions of the terminal device to send the second message, the access network device performs detection in turn until all the time and frequency positions of the second message are sent. The frequency position is detected or the second message is successfully received.
其中,接入网设备确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置,与终端设备确定发送第二消息的时频位置的区别在于:由于接入网设备不需要执行LBT过程,因此,不论终端设备执行LBT过程成功或者失败,接入网设备均会在所确定的时频位置上检测第二消息;而终端设备仅在执行LBT过程成功的时频位置上发送第二消息。因此,接入网设备确定终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置可以参考以下终端设备发送第二消息的时频位置的方式中除执行LBT过程之外的描述,在此不再赘述。The difference between the access network device determining the time-frequency location of the terminal device to send the second message and the terminal device determining the time-frequency location of the second message is that the access network device does not need to perform the LBT process, so regardless of the terminal device If the LBT process succeeds or fails, the access network device will detect the second message at the determined time-frequency location; and the terminal device only sends the second message at the time-frequency location where the LBT process is successfully executed. Therefore, for the access network device to determine the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message, reference may be made to the following description of the time-frequency position of the terminal device to send the second message, except for performing the LBT process, which will not be repeated here.
其中,第二条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第二阈值。具体是指:在授权时域位置不在COT内时,若满足第二条件中的任意一个条件,终端设备停止发送第二消息。The second condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold. Specifically, when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, if any one of the second conditions is met, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
这里的第二阈值是指授权时域位置不在所述COT内发送第二消息的次数。例如,第二阈值可以为1次或者至少两次。The second threshold here refers to the number of times that the authorized time domain location does not send the second message within the COT. For example, the second threshold may be 1 time or at least twice.
一种可能的情况中,接入网设备采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第二阈值,以使终端设备获取到第二阈值。例如,接入网设备向终端设备发送第二阈值或者指示第二阈值的第二指示信息。其中,如果假设第二阈值可以从集合{2、4、6、8}中选择,若选择为6次,则所发送的第二阈值可以为6;或者,第二阈值的第二指示信息占用两个比特,可以采用“10”指示第二阈值为6次。又如,接入网设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信 息用于指示第二阈值与第一阈值的倍数关系或差值关系等。其中,如果假设第一阈值为2次,第二阈值为6次,则所发送的第三指示信息可以为3,表示第二阈值是第一阈值的3倍,或者,所发送的第三指示信息可以为4,表示第二阈值减去第一阈值的差值为4。可选的,接入网设备可以采用广播的方式向终端设备发送第二阈值、第二指示信息或者第三指示信息;或者接入网设备可以通过高层信令或者其他消息向终端设备发送第二阈值、第二指示信息或者第三指示信息。本申请实施例不限定第二阈值的发送方式、不限定携带第二阈值的消息类型以及不限定第二阈值占用的比特数。In a possible situation, the access network device notifies the terminal device of the second threshold in a sending manner, so that the terminal device can obtain the second threshold. For example, the access network device sends the second threshold or second indication information indicating the second threshold to the terminal device. Among them, if it is assumed that the second threshold can be selected from the set {2, 4, 6, 8}, if the selection is 6 times, the sent second threshold can be 6; or, the second indication information of the second threshold is occupied Two bits, "10" can be used to indicate that the second threshold is 6 times. For another example, the access network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a multiple relationship or a difference relationship between the second threshold and the first threshold. Among them, if it is assumed that the first threshold is 2 times and the second threshold is 6 times, the sent third indication information may be 3, which means that the second threshold is 3 times the first threshold, or the sent third indication The information may be 4, which means that the difference between the second threshold and the first threshold is 4. Optionally, the access network device may send the second threshold, the second indication information, or the third indication information to the terminal device in a broadcast manner; or the access network device may send the second threshold, the second indication information, or the third indication information to the terminal device through high-level signaling or other messages. Threshold, second indication information or third indication information. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending mode of the second threshold, the type of message carrying the second threshold, and the number of bits occupied by the second threshold.
另一种可能的情况中,第二阈值可以为该通信系统中预先约定好或者默认的数值,这样接入网设备不需要发送第二阈值且不需要发送指示第二阈值的第二指示信息且不需要发送第三指示信息,终端设备可以直接确定第二阈值,节省了传输开销。In another possible situation, the second threshold may be a predetermined or default value in the communication system, so that the access network device does not need to send the second threshold and does not need to send the second indication information indicating the second threshold and There is no need to send the third indication information, and the terminal device can directly determine the second threshold, which saves transmission overhead.
针对步骤402和步骤403,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一阈值,第二阈值是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第二阈值,第一阈值是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一阈值和第二阈值,这一情况下,接入网设备可以在同一个发送消息中通知第一阈值和第二阈值,也可以在不同的发送消息中分别通知第一阈值和第二阈值。或者,第一阈值和第二阈值均是预先约定好或者默认的数值。本申请实施例对终端设备确定第一阈值和第二阈值方式不做限定。For step 402 and step 403, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first threshold by sending, and the second threshold is a predetermined or default value. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the second threshold by sending, and the first threshold is a predetermined or default value. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first threshold and the second threshold by sending. In this case, the access network device may notify the first threshold and the second threshold in the same sending message, or The first threshold and the second threshold are notified in different sending messages. Or, both the first threshold and the second threshold are predetermined or default values. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first threshold and the second threshold.
可选的,第二阈值大于或等于第一阈值。这样不在COT内发送第二消息的次数大于在COT内发送第二消息的次数,从而增加终端设备发送第二消息的机会,增大成功发送第二消息的概率,减少了通信时延。Optionally, the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold. In this way, the number of times that the second message is not sent in the COT is greater than the number of times the second message is sent in the COT, thereby increasing the chance of the terminal device to send the second message, increasing the probability of successfully sending the second message, and reducing the communication delay.
步骤402和步骤403中的COT是接入网设备通过执行LBT过程获得的一个COT,并将该COT共享给终端设备。可能的实现方案中,接入网设备向终端设备发送该COT的指示信息,该指示信息可以为下行COT指示,或者为包含COT长度指示的其它消息。该COT的指示信息用于指示接入网设备当前获得的且共享给该终端设备的信道占用起始时间和信道占用时长;或者,该COT的指示信息用于指示接入网设备当前获得的且共享给该终端设备的信道占用起始时间和信道占用结束时间。COT的指示信息可以携带在下行控制信道中,或者携带在数据块激活信号中(用来标示数据传输开始的信号)。The COT in step 402 and step 403 is a COT obtained by the access network device by executing the LBT process, and the COT is shared with the terminal device. In a possible implementation solution, the access network device sends the COT indication information to the terminal device, and the indication information may be a downlink COT indication or other messages containing COT length indications. The COT indication information is used to indicate the channel occupation start time and channel occupation duration currently obtained by the access network device and shared with the terminal device; or, the COT indication information is used to indicate the access network device currently obtains and The channel occupancy start time and channel occupancy end time shared with the terminal device. The COT indication information can be carried in the downlink control channel, or carried in the data block activation signal (a signal used to indicate the start of data transmission).
可选的,终端设备在授权时域位置上发送第二消息之前,终端设备判断是否接收到接入网设备指示的COT。如果接收到该COT,判断授权时域位置是否在该COT内;如果授权时域位置在该COT内,则发送第二消息,直至满足第一条件;如果授权时域位置不在该COT内,则发送第二消息,直至满足第二条件。如果未接收到COT,则发送第二消息,直至满足第二条件。Optionally, before the terminal device sends the second message at the authorized time domain location, the terminal device determines whether the COT indicated by the access network device is received. If the COT is received, determine whether the authorized time domain location is within the COT; if the authorized time domain location is within the COT, send a second message until the first condition is met; if the authorized time domain location is not within the COT, then Send the second message until the second condition is met. If the COT is not received, the second message is sent until the second condition is met.
接下来通过A1-A6对本申请实施例涉及的信息进行介绍。Next, the information involved in the embodiments of this application will be introduced through A1-A6.
A1、可选的,由于本申请涉及第二消息的多次发送,本申请可以通过偏移量和前一次发送第二消息的时域位置来确定下一次发送第二消息的时域位置。A1. Optionally, since this application involves multiple transmissions of the second message, this application can determine the time domain position of the second message sent next time by using the offset and the time domain position of the previous second message sent.
例如,对于在COT内发送第二消息的次数为至少两次的情况,偏移量用第一偏移量来表示。第一偏移量用于指示授权时域位置在COT内相邻两次发送第二消息的时域位置之间 的时间偏移量。For example, in the case where the number of times the second message is sent in the COT is at least twice, the offset is represented by the first offset. The first offset is used to indicate the time offset between the authorized time domain position within the COT where the second message is sent twice.
又如,对于不在COT内发送第二消息的次数为至少两次的情况,偏移量用第二偏移量来表示,第二偏移量用于指示授权时域位置不在COT内或未接收到COT相邻两次发送第二消息的时域位置之间的时间偏移量。For another example, for the case where the number of times the second message is not sent in the COT is at least twice, the offset is represented by the second offset, and the second offset is used to indicate that the authorized time domain position is not in the COT or has not been received The time offset between the time domain positions where the second message is sent to the COT twice.
其中,时域位置之间的时间偏移量具体可以是时域起始位置之间的时间偏移量;或者,可以是时域结束位置之间的时间偏移量,或者,可以是前一个时域位置的结束位置与当前时域位置的起始位置之间的时间偏移量;本申请对此不做限定。Among them, the time offset between the time domain positions may specifically be the time offset between the time domain start positions; alternatively, it may be the time offset between the time domain end positions, or it may be the previous one The time offset between the end position of the time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position; this application does not limit this.
接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一偏移量,第二偏移量是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第二偏移量,第一偏移量是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一偏移量和第二偏移量,这一情况下,接入网设备可以在同一个发送消息中通知第一偏移量和第二偏移量,也可以在不同的发送消息中分别通知第一偏移量和第二偏移量。或者,第一偏移量和第二偏移量均是预先约定好或者默认的数值,终端设备可以直接确定第一偏移量和第二偏移量,节省了传输开销。The access network device may notify the terminal device of the first offset in a sending manner, and the second offset is a predetermined or default value. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the second offset in a sending manner, and the first offset is a predetermined or default value. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first offset and the second offset in a sending manner. In this case, the access network device may notify the first offset and the second offset in the same transmission message. The second offset may also be separately notified of the first offset and the second offset in different sent messages. Alternatively, the first offset and the second offset are both pre-appointed or default values, and the terminal device can directly determine the first offset and the second offset, which saves transmission overhead.
例如,若采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一偏移量和/或第二偏移,可以在高层信令中携带第一偏移量和/或第二偏移量。For example, if the terminal device is notified of the first offset and/or the second offset in a sending manner, the first offset and/or the second offset may be carried in the high-layer signaling.
本申请实施例对终端设备确定第一偏移量和/或第二偏移量的方式不做限定。若采用发送方式通知终端设备,本申请实施例对携带第一偏移量和/或第二偏移量的消息不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first offset and/or the second offset. If the terminal device is notified by sending, the embodiment of this application does not limit the message carrying the first offset and/or the second offset.
可选的,时间偏移量可以基于时间单位(如:毫秒),也可以基于时隙为单位,符号为单位或者子帧为单位,本申请实施例对此不做限定。例如,偏移量可以为0.5个时隙、1个时隙、3个时隙等等。Optionally, the time offset may be based on a time unit (eg, milliseconds), or may be based on a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the offset can be 0.5 time slots, 1 time slot, 3 time slots, and so on.
可选的,当时间偏移量用前一个时域位置的结束位置与当前时域位置的起始位置之间的时间偏移量表示时,偏移量可以为0个时隙、1个时隙、3个时隙等等,或者偏移量可以为0个符号,1个符号,3个符号。Optionally, when the time offset is represented by the time offset between the end position of the previous time domain position and the start position of the current time domain position, the offset can be 0 time slots and 1 time slot. Slot, 3 slots, etc., or the offset can be 0 symbols, 1 symbol, 3 symbols.
可选的,不同子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)对应的偏移量不同。本申请实施例对不同SCS对应的偏移量不做限定。Optionally, different subcarrier spacing (SCS) corresponds to different offsets. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the offsets corresponding to different SCSs.
A2、进一步可选的,终端设备还需要获取信道接入参数,通过以下(1-1)至(1-4)的内容进行详细介绍。A2. Optionally, the terminal device also needs to obtain channel access parameters, which are described in detail through the following (1-1) to (1-4).
(1-1)在一种可能的实现方式中,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数相同。(1-1) In a possible implementation, the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is within the COT and the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is not within the COT The parameters are the same.
在一种可能的情况中,接入网设备采用发送的方式向终端设备通知信道接入参数,以使终端设备确定COT内采用的信道接入参数。例如,信道接入参数携带在第一消息中。本申请实施例对携带信道接入参数的消息不做限定。In a possible situation, the access network device notifies the terminal device of the channel access parameters by sending, so that the terminal device determines the channel access parameters used in the COT. For example, the channel access parameters are carried in the first message. The embodiment of the application does not limit the message carrying channel access parameters.
在另一种可能的情况下中,信道接入参数为预先约定好或者默认的参数。终端设备可以直接确定信道接入参数,节省了传输开销。In another possible situation, the channel access parameters are pre-appointed or default parameters. The terminal device can directly determine the channel access parameters, saving transmission overhead.
(1-2)在一种可能的实现方式中,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数不同。这里用第一参数表示发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数,用第二参数表示发送 第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数。(1-2) In a possible implementation, the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is within the COT and the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is not within the COT The parameters are different. Here, the first parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, and the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
可选的,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一参数,第二参数是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第二参数,第一参数是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一参数和第二参数,这一情况下,接入网设备可以在同一个发送消息中通知第一参数和第二参数,也可以在不同的发送消息中分别通知第一参数和第二参数。或者,可选的,第一参数和第二参数均是预先约定好或者默认的数值,终端设备可以直接确定第一参数和第二参数,节省了传输开销。Optionally, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first parameter in a sending manner, and the second parameter is a preset or default value. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the second parameter in a sending manner, and the first parameter is a predetermined or default value. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first parameter and the second parameter in a sending manner. In this case, the access network device may notify the first parameter and the second parameter in the same sending message, or The first parameter and the second parameter are notified separately in different sending messages. Or, optionally, both the first parameter and the second parameter are predetermined or default values, and the terminal device can directly determine the first parameter and the second parameter, which saves transmission overhead.
例如,若采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一参数和/或第二参数,可以在高层信令中携带第一参数和/或第二参数。For example, if the terminal device is notified of the first parameter and/or the second parameter in a sending manner, the first parameter and/or the second parameter may be carried in the high-layer signaling.
本申请实施例对终端设备确定第一参数和/或第二参数的方式不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first parameter and/or the second parameter.
(1-3)不论是实现方式(1-1)中在COT内与不在COT内采用的信道接入参数相同,还是在实现方式(1-2)中在COT内时采用第一参数、不在COT内时采用第二参数,其中所涉及的相同方式下的信道接入参数、第一参数或第二参数可以为以下方式中任一种情况:(1-3) Whether the channel access parameters used in the COT and not in the COT in the implementation (1-1) are the same, or when the first parameter is used in the COT in the implementation (1-2), the The second parameter is used in the COT, and the channel access parameter, the first parameter or the second parameter in the same manner involved can be any of the following methods:
现有3GPP中包含的全部或者部分LBT情况中任意一种;或者,可以为现有3GPP包含的部分LBT情况和新配置的参数中的任一种;或者,随着网络架构的演变信道接入参数可以为未来标准协议制定的全部或者部分LBT情况的任一种;或者,随着网络架构的演变信道接入参数可以包含未来标准协议制定的部分LBT情况和新配置的参数中的任一种。其中,现有3GPP中包含的全部LBT情况参见图3b的文字部分的“2、本申请涉及的LBT过程在现有的第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)中包括以下几种参数情况”中的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。Any one of all or part of the LBT conditions included in the existing 3GPP; or, it can be any one of the part of the LBT conditions included in the existing 3GPP and the newly configured parameters; or, as the network architecture evolves, channel access The parameters can be any of all or part of the LBT conditions formulated by the future standard protocol; or, as the network architecture evolves, the channel access parameters can include any of the part of the LBT conditions formulated by the future standard protocol and the newly configured parameters . Among them, all the LBT conditions included in the existing 3GPP are shown in the text part of Figure 3b "2. The LBT process involved in this application includes the following in the existing 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) The detailed introduction in "parameter situation" will not be repeated here.
例如,请参见表2,为本申请实施例提供了一种LBT CAT4对应的新配置的参数。如表2所示,为新定义的两种LBT CAT 4的级别,与现有的表1中LBT CAT4的四个级别的参数不同。终端设备在确定信道接入参数为新定义的中LBT CAT 4的某一个优先级的情况下,也可以确定出与其对应的信道接入参数值。For example, refer to Table 2, which provides a new configuration parameter corresponding to LBT CAT4 for this embodiment of the application. As shown in Table 2, the two newly defined levels of LBT CAT 4 are different from the four levels of LBT CAT 4 in the existing Table 1. In the case where the terminal device determines that the channel access parameter is a certain priority of the newly defined LBT CAT 4, it can also determine the corresponding channel access parameter value.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000002
(1-4)针对发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用相同的信道接入参数、第一参数或第二参数通过发送方式通知终端设备的场景中,对参数占用的比特数进行举例说明。为了与可能实现方式中所用到的信道接入参数进行区分,以下举例中均采用第三参数描述。(1-4) When the time domain position of sending the second message is in the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not in the COT, the same channel access parameters, the first parameter or the second parameter are notified by sending In the scenario of the terminal device, the number of bits occupied by the parameter is illustrated by an example. In order to distinguish it from the channel access parameters used in the possible implementation manners, the third parameter description is used in the following examples.
举例来说,请参见表3,第三参数可以在占用3个比特,具体各个比特所表示的含义可以参见表3中具体介绍。例如,表3中的第三参数可以为发送第二消息的时域位置在COT 内时与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时所采用相同的信道接入参数,或者为第一参数。这样通过3个比特可以指示5种信道接入参数,丰富了终端设备所采用的信道接入参数的选择。For example, refer to Table 3. The third parameter can occupy 3 bits. For the specific meaning of each bit, refer to Table 3. For example, the third parameter in Table 3 may be the same channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT, or the first parameter . In this way, 5 types of channel access parameters can be indicated by 3 bits, which enriches the choice of channel access parameters used by the terminal equipment.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000003
又举例来说,请参见表4,第三参数可以占用2个比特,具体各个比特所表示的含义可以参见表4中具体介绍。例如,表4中的第三参数可以为发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时所采用相同的信道接入参数,或者为第一参数。其中,该第三参数可以指示LBT CAT 1、LBT CAT 2、第一级别的LBT CAT 4和第二级别的LBT CAT 4。相比表3,表4所采用的比特数更少,可以减少传输开销。For another example, please refer to Table 4. The third parameter can occupy 2 bits. For the specific meaning of each bit, refer to Table 4 for details. For example, the third parameter in Table 4 may be the same channel access parameter used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT, or the first parameter . Among them, the third parameter may indicate LBT CAT 1, LBT CAT 2, the first level of LBT CAT 4, and the second level of LBT CAT 4. Compared with Table 3, Table 4 uses fewer bits, which can reduce transmission overhead.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000004
其中,第一级别的LBT CAT 4可以为现有3GPP中或未来协议标准中信道接入类型为LBT CAT 4的任意一个优先级;或者第一级别的LBT CAT 4可以是不同于3GPP且不同于未来协议标准的LBT CAT 4任意一个重新定义的级别。同理,第二级别的LBT CAT 4可以为现有3GPP中或未来协议标准中信道接入类型为LBT CAT 4的任意一个优先级;或者第二级别的LBT CAT 4可以是不同于3GPP且不同于未来协议标准的LBT CAT 4任意一个重新定义的级别。第一级别的LBT CAT 4与第二级别的LBT CAT 4所对应的接入参数值不同。例如,重新定义的级别可以为表2中所定义的任意一个级别。Among them, the first level of LBT CAT 4 can be any priority in the existing 3GPP or future protocol standards with the channel access type being LBT CAT 4; or the first level of LBT CAT 4 can be different from 3GPP and different from Any redefined level of LBT CAT 4 of the future protocol standard. In the same way, the second level of LBT CAT 4 can be any priority of the channel access type LBT CAT 4 in the existing 3GPP or future protocol standards; or the second level of LBT CAT 4 can be different from 3GPP and different Any one of the redefined levels of LBT CAT 4 of the future protocol standard. The access parameter values corresponding to the first level LBT CAT 4 and the second level LBT CAT 4 are different. For example, the redefined level can be any one of the levels defined in Table 2.
又举例来说,请参见表5,第三参数可以占用2个比特,具体各个比特所表示的含义可以参见表5中具体介绍。例如,表5中的第三参数可以为第二参数。其中,该第三参数可以指示四个级别的LBT CAT 4。例如,这四个级别的LBT CAT4为现有3GPP中的四个级别。本申请实施例对表5中每个级别的LBT CAT4不限定是包含于现有3GPP或者未来协议标准的四个级别的,也可以是不同于3GPP且不同于未来协议标准的LBT CAT 4任意一个重新定义的级别。For another example, please refer to Table 5. The third parameter can occupy 2 bits. For the specific meaning of each bit, refer to the detailed introduction in Table 5. For example, the third parameter in Table 5 may be the second parameter. Among them, the third parameter can indicate four levels of LBT CAT 4. For example, the four levels of LBT CAT4 are the four levels in the existing 3GPP. In the embodiments of this application, each level of LBT CAT4 in Table 5 is not limited to be included in the four levels of the existing 3GPP or future protocol standards, and it can also be any one of LBT CAT4 that is different from 3GPP and different from future protocol standards. Redefined level.
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000006
这里仅为举例说明,本申请对各参数占用的比特数不做限定,对各参数所指示的LBT情况不做限定。This is only an example for illustration, this application does not limit the number of bits occupied by each parameter, and does not limit the LBT situation indicated by each parameter.
A3、本申请实施例还可能涉及上行共享指示请求以及共享COT信息。其中,该上行共享指示请求用于指示终端设备向接入网设备上报共享COT信息。共享COT信息是响应于共享指示请求的。上行共享指示请求还可以用上行共享指示等方式命名,本申请对上行共享指示请求、共享COT信息的命名方式不做限定。A3. The embodiments of this application may also involve uplink sharing indication request and sharing COT information. Wherein, the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device. Sharing COT information is in response to a sharing instruction request. The uplink sharing indication request can also be named in a manner such as the uplink sharing indication, and this application does not limit the naming method of the uplink sharing indication request and the shared COT information.
一种可能的情况中,接入网设备采用发送的方式向终端设备通知上行共享指示请求,以使终端设备获取到上行共享指示请求。可选的,接入网设备可以通过高层信令或者其他消息向终端设备发送上行共享指示请求。本申请实施例不限定上行共享指示请求的发送方式、不限定携带上行共享指示请求的消息类型。In a possible situation, the access network device notifies the terminal device of the uplink sharing indication request by sending, so that the terminal device can obtain the uplink sharing indication request. Optionally, the access network device may send an uplink sharing indication request to the terminal device through high-level signaling or other messages. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending manner of the uplink sharing indication request, and does not limit the message type that carries the uplink sharing indication request.
另一种可能的情况中,接入网设备不发送上行共享指示请求,上报共享COT信息可以为该通信系统中预先约定好或者默认的方式,这样接入网设备不需要发送上行共享指示请求,终端设备可以直接反馈共享COT信息,节省了上行共享指示请求的传输开销。In another possible situation, the access network device does not send an uplink sharing instruction request, and reporting shared COT information can be a pre-appointed or default method in the communication system, so that the access network device does not need to send an uplink sharing instruction request. The terminal device can directly feed back the shared COT information, which saves the transmission overhead of the uplink sharing indication request.
可选的,如果采用发送的方式向终端设备通知上行共享指示请求,上行共享指示请求可以携带在第一消息中。Optionally, if the terminal device is notified of the uplink sharing indication request in a sending manner, the uplink sharing indication request may be carried in the first message.
可选的,如果采用发送的方式向终端设备通知上行共享指示请求,在第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3的情况下,当接入网设备确定终端设备为基于竞争的随机接入时,由于第一消息包括CSI比特位,本申请可以通过第一消息中的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)比特位来指示终端设备上报共享COT信息。是因为对于基于竞争的随机接入时,CSI比特位是没有意义的,因此也可以用CSI比特位来承载上报上行共享COT的请求信息。例如,当前终端设备是基于竞争的随机接入时,CSI=0,表示不请求共享COT信息。CSI=1时,表示请求上报共享COT信息;或者反过来解释也可以。Optionally, if the terminal device is notified of the uplink sharing indication request by sending, when the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3, when the access network device determines that the terminal device is a contention-based random access Since the first message includes the CSI bit, this application may use the channel state information (channel state information, CSI) bit in the first message to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information. This is because for contention-based random access, the CSI bit is meaningless, so the CSI bit can also be used to carry the request information for reporting the uplink shared COT. For example, when the current terminal equipment is random access based on contention, CSI=0, which means that COT information sharing is not requested. When CSI=1, it means requesting to report shared COT information; or vice versa.
可以理解的是,共享COT信息是终端设备在授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内执行LBT过程成功之后获得的COT,共享COT信包括可共享给接入网设备的时间长度信息,例如可以包括共享COT的起始时间位置和结束时间位置;或者,可以包括共享COT的起始时间位置和持续时长。It is understandable that the shared COT information is the COT obtained after the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device. The shared COT information includes the length of time information that can be shared with the access network device. For example, the start time position and the end time position of the shared COT may be included; or, the start time position and the duration of the shared COT may be included.
可选的,共享时间长度信可以基于时间单位(如:毫秒),也可以基于时隙为单位,符号为单位或者子帧为单位,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the sharing time length information may be based on a time unit (for example, milliseconds), or a time slot as a unit, a symbol as a unit, or a subframe as a unit, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
可选的,第二消息包含共享COT信息,这样终端设备在发送第二消息的过程中,可以将共享COT信息共享给接入网设备。或者,共享COT信息携带在上行控制信息中,以发送给接入网设备,例如通过第二消息中的介质访问控制-控制单元(medium access control-control element,MAC-CE)来携带共享COT信息。或者,共享COT信息包含在其他消息中来上报给接入网设备,本申请对此不做限定。Optionally, the second message includes shared COT information, so that the terminal device can share the shared COT information with the access network device in the process of sending the second message. Or, the shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information to be sent to the access network device, for example, the shared COT information is carried by the medium access control-control element (MAC-CE) in the second message . Or, the shared COT information is included in other messages to be reported to the access network device, which is not limited in this application.
举例来说,MAC-CE方式上报共享COT信息,可以从集合{MS0,Ms1,ms2,ms4,ms6}中选择所需要的一个进行上报,其中,ms0表示无COT共享,ms1表示共享时间是1ms,依次类推其他形式的表示含义。For example, to report shared COT information in MAC-CE mode, you can select the required one from the set {MS0, Ms1, ms2, ms4, ms6} to report, where ms0 means no COT sharing, ms1 means the sharing time is 1ms , And so on in other forms of meaning.
又举例来说,基于上行控制消息上报共享COT信息,即在上行控制消息中设置相关信元。如:00表示无COT共享;01表示共享COT长度是1ms;10表示共享COT长度是2ms;11表示共享COT长度是4ms。For another example, the shared COT information is reported based on the uplink control message, that is, relevant information elements are set in the uplink control message. For example: 00 means no COT sharing; 01 means shared COT length is 1ms; 10 means shared COT length is 2ms; 11 means shared COT length is 4ms.
A4、本申请实施例还可能涉及在频域上执行LBT过程的至少一个频域位置,通过以下(2-1)和(2-2)来介绍。A4. The embodiment of the present application may also involve at least one frequency domain position where the LBT process is performed in the frequency domain, which is introduced through the following (2-1) and (2-2).
(2-1)在一种可能的情况中,频域位置为一个。这里的一个频域位置是指终端设备在发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时与发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置。(2-1) In a possible situation, the frequency domain position is one. A frequency domain position here refers to the frequency domain position of the terminal device when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
可选的,该频域位置可以携带在第二消息的配置参数中,命名为授权频域位置,或者命名为发送频域位置。例如,在第一消息为高层信令、第二消息为msg1的情况下,第一消息中msg1的配置参数包括msg1的发送频域位置。又如,在第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3的情况下,第一消息中msg3的配置参数包括msg3的授权频域位置。Optionally, the frequency domain position may be carried in the configuration parameters of the second message, and named as an authorized frequency domain position or named as a transmission frequency domain position. For example, when the first message is high-level signaling and the second message is msg1, the configuration parameter of msg1 in the first message includes the transmission frequency domain position of msg1. For another example, when the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3, the configuration parameter of msg3 in the first message includes the authorized frequency domain position of msg3.
这一情况下,本申请实施例终端设备确定频域位置的方式不做限定。若采用发送方式通知终端设备频域位置的情况,本申请实施例对携带频域位置的消息也不做限定。In this case, the manner in which the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application determines the frequency domain position is not limited. If the frequency domain position of the terminal device is notified by the sending method, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the message carrying the frequency domain position.
(2-2)在一种可能的情况中,在发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为一个,用第一频域位置表示;在发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为至少一个,用M个第二频域位置表示,M为正整数。(2-2) In a possible situation, when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT, there is one frequency domain position for sending the second message, which is represented by the first frequency domain position; when sending the second message When the time domain position of is not in the COT, the frequency domain position for sending the second message is at least one, which is represented by M second frequency domain positions, and M is a positive integer.
可选的,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一频域位置,M个第二频域位置是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知M个第二频域位置,第一频域位置是预先约定好或者默认的数值。或者,接入网设备可以采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一频域位置和M个第二频域位置,这一情况下,接入网设备可以在同一个发送消息中通知第一频域位置和M个第二频域位置,也可以在不同的发送消息中分别通知第一频域位置和M个第二频域位置。或者,第一频域位置和M个第二频域位置均是预先约定好或者默认的数值,终端设备可以直接确定第一频域位置和M个第二频域位置,节省了传输开销。Optionally, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first frequency domain position in a sending manner, and the M second frequency domain positions are predetermined or default values. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the M second frequency domain positions in a sending manner, where the first frequency domain position is a predetermined or default value. Alternatively, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the first frequency domain location and M second frequency domain locations by sending. In this case, the access network device may notify the first frequency domain in the same sending message The position and the M second frequency domain positions may also be notified of the first frequency domain position and the M second frequency domain positions in different sending messages. Alternatively, the first frequency domain position and the M second frequency domain positions are both pre-appointed or default values, and the terminal device can directly determine the first frequency domain position and M second frequency domain positions, which saves transmission overhead.
例如,若采用发送的方式向终端设备通知第一频域位置和/或M个第二频域位置,可以在高层信令中携带第一频域位置和/或M个第二频域位置。For example, if the terminal device is notified of the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions in a sending manner, the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions may be carried in the high layer signaling.
这一情况下,本申请实施例对终端设备确定第一频域位置和/或M个第二频域位置的方式不做限定。若采用发送方式通知终端设备第一频域位置和/或M个第二频域位置的情况,本申请实施例对携带第一频域位置和/或M个第二频域位置的消息也不做限定。In this case, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines the first frequency domain position and/or the M second frequency domain positions. If the terminal device is notified of the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions in a sending manner, the embodiment of the present application does not treat the message carrying the first frequency domain position and/or M second frequency domain positions. Make a limit.
A5、本申请实施例对终端设备确定以下信息中每个信息的方式不做限定:第一阈值、第二阈值、第一偏移量、第二偏移量、上行共享指示请求、至少一个频域位置。A5. The embodiment of this application does not limit the manner in which the terminal device determines each of the following information: the first threshold, the second threshold, the first offset, the second offset, the uplink sharing indication request, at least one frequency Domain location.
例如,以上信息可以部分采用发送的方式通知终端设备,部分采用预先约定或者默认的方式使终端设备直接确定,本申请实施例对此不做限定。For example, part of the above information may be sent to the terminal device, and part of the information may be directly determined by the terminal device in a pre-appointed or default manner, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
又如,对于采用发送方式通知的信息,以上全部或者部分信息可以在同一个发送消息 中通知终端设备;或者,也可以在不同的发送消息中分别通知以上各个消息。For another example, for the information notified by sending, all or part of the above information can be notified to the terminal device in the same sending message; or, each of the above messages can also be notified separately in different sending messages.
举例来说,接入网设备将第一参数和第二参数携带在同一个高层信令中,并将该高层信令发送给终端设备。如表6所示,信道接入参数占用2比特,对第一参数和第二参数分别分配一个比特位,各个比特位不同的数值代表不同执行LBT过程所采用的信道接入参数。For example, the access network device carries the first parameter and the second parameter in the same high-level signaling, and sends the high-level signaling to the terminal device. As shown in Table 6, the channel access parameter occupies 2 bits, and one bit is allocated to the first parameter and the second parameter. The different values of each bit represent the channel access parameters used in different LBT processes.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000007
又举例来说,接入网设备将第四参数携带在同一个高层信令中,并将该高层信令发送给终端设备。其中,第四参数用于指示第一参数、第二参数、第二阈值和第二偏移量。终端设备在发送第二消息之前,如果授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT内,则在选择第一参数执行LBT过程并执行发送第二消息;如果授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内或者未接收到接入网设备指示的COT,则在选择第二参数执行LBT过程并执行发送第二消息。For another example, the access network device carries the fourth parameter in the same high-level signaling, and sends the high-level signaling to the terminal device. Among them, the fourth parameter is used to indicate the first parameter, the second parameter, the second threshold, and the second offset. Before sending the second message, if the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device selects the first parameter to execute the LBT process and executes sending the second message; if the authorized time domain location is not in the access network device Within the indicated COT or if the COT indicated by the access network device is not received, the second parameter is selected, the LBT process is executed, and the second message is sent.
一种可能的方式中,以第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3为例,第四参数携带于第一消息中。第四参数与所指示参数的映射关系表可以参见表7,第四参数的配置索引集合为{Msg3-0,Msg3-1,Msg3-2,Msg3-3},其中,每一个配置索引均有与其对应的第一参数、第二参数、第二阈值、第二偏移量。In a possible manner, taking the first message as msg2 and the second message as msg3 as examples, the fourth parameter is carried in the first message. The mapping relationship between the fourth parameter and the indicated parameter can be found in Table 7. The configuration index set of the fourth parameter is {Msg3-0, Msg3-1, Msg3-2, Msg3-3}, where each configuration index has The corresponding first parameter, second parameter, second threshold, and second offset.
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000008
如果第四参数在第一消息中占用2个比特,通过2个比特来指示第四参数的配置索引, 例如,00:配置Msg3-0;01:配置Msg3-1;10:配置Msg3-2;11:配置Msg3-3。If the fourth parameter occupies 2 bits in the first message, 2 bits are used to indicate the configuration index of the fourth parameter, for example, 00: configure Msg3-0; 01: configure Msg3-1; 10: configure Msg3-2; 11: Configure Msg3-3.
另一种可能的方式中,对于第一消息为高层信令、第二消息为msg1的情况,第四参数携带于第一消息中。这一情况下可选的,第一消息还包括业务指示,所述业务指示用于指示属于高优先级的业务类型,例如业务指示为高优先级随机过程的指示,用于指示属于高优先级的随机接入过程。例如,高优先级随机过程集合可以为{h0,h0 and h1,h0 and h1and h2}。其中:In another possible manner, for the case where the first message is high-layer signaling and the second message is msg1, the fourth parameter is carried in the first message. In this case, optionally, the first message further includes a service indication, which is used to indicate a service type of high priority, for example, the service indication is an indication of a high priority random process, which is used to indicate that it belongs to high priority. Random access process. For example, the set of high priority random processes can be {h0, h0 and h1, h0 and h1 and h2}. among them:
h0={“失步恢复的随机接入过程”}h0 = {"Random access process for out-of-step recovery"}
h1={“接入网设备触发的随机接入过程”}h1={"Random access process triggered by access network equipment"}
h2={“波束恢复的随机接入过程”}h2={"Random access procedure for beam recovery"}
若高优先级随机过程的指示是“h0 and h1”,表示属于高优先级的随机接入过程为失步恢复的随机接入过程和接入网设备触发的随机接入过程。若msg1高优先级随机过程的指示是“h0 and h1and h2”,表示属于高优先级的随机接入过程为失步恢复的随机接入过程、接入网设备触发的随机接入过程和波束恢复的随机接入过程。这样通过高优先级随机过程的指示可以指示至少一种属于高优先级的随机接入过程,进而增加高优先级业务成功接入的概率,减少接入时延。对于终端设备而言,自身可以确定当前的业务的类型,进而可以根据接入网设备指示的属于高优先级的业务类型,确定当前的业务类型是否为高优先级的业务类型。If the indication of the high-priority random process is "h0 and h1", it means that the high-priority random access process is the random access process of out-of-synchronization recovery and the random access process triggered by the access network device. If the indication of msg1 high-priority random process is "h0 and h1 and h2", it means that the high-priority random access process is the random access process of out-of-synchronization recovery, the random access process triggered by the access network equipment and the beam recovery Random access process. In this way, the indication of the high-priority random process can indicate at least one kind of high-priority random access process, thereby increasing the probability of successful access of the high-priority service and reducing the access delay. For the terminal device, it can determine the current service type by itself, and then can determine whether the current service type is a high priority service type according to the high priority service type indicated by the access network device.
以第一消息为高层信令、第二消息为msg1为例,第四参数与所指示参数的映射关系表可以参见表8,第四参数的配置索引集合为{Msg3-0,Msg3-1,Msg3-2,Msg3-3},其中,每一个参数配置索引均有与其对应的第一参数、第二参数、第二阈值、第二偏移量。Taking the first message as high-level signaling and the second message as msg1 as an example, the mapping relationship between the fourth parameter and the indicated parameter can be found in Table 8. The configuration index set of the fourth parameter is {Msg3-0, Msg3-1, Msg3-2, Msg3-3}, where each parameter configuration index has a corresponding first parameter, second parameter, second threshold, and second offset.
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000009
在一种可能的情况中,假设接入网设备对于第四参数的配置索引为Msg1-2,且业务指示为h0。当终端设备在发送msg1之前,判断是msg1的授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的 COT内还是不在COT内。如果在COT内,则根据与配置索引MSG1-2对应的LBT CAT4(P=1)执行LBT过程,并在LBT过程成功之后发送msg1。如果不在COT内,则根据与配置索引MSG1-2对应的LBT CAT4(P=4)执行LBT过程,并在LBT过程成功之后发送msg1,直至满足第二条件,第二条件的第二阈值为与配置索引为Msg1-2对应的6次,还可以根据授权频域位置的SCS确定第二偏移量。由于配置索引为Msg1-2的业务为区分高低优先级,因此终端设备在这一情况下无需确定当前的业务是否为高优先级业务。In a possible situation, it is assumed that the configuration index of the access network device for the fourth parameter is Msg1-2, and the service indication is h0. Before sending msg1, the terminal device judges whether the authorized time domain location of msg1 is within the COT indicated by the access network device or not. If it is in the COT, the LBT process is executed according to the LBT CAT4 (P=1) corresponding to the configuration index MSG1-2, and msg1 is sent after the LBT process is successful. If it is not in the COT, the LBT process is executed according to the LBT CAT4 (P=4) corresponding to the configuration index MSG1-2, and msg1 is sent after the LBT process is successful, until the second condition is met. The second threshold of the second condition is and The configuration index is 6 times corresponding to Msg1-2, and the second offset can also be determined according to the SCS of the authorized frequency domain position. Since the service with the configuration index Msg1-2 distinguishes high and low priority, the terminal device does not need to determine whether the current service is a high priority service in this case.
在另一种可能的情况中,假设接入网设备对于第四参数的配置索引为msg1-0,且业务指示为h0。当终端设备在发送msg1之前,判断是msg1的授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT内还是不在COT内。如果在COT内,则根据与配置索引MSG1-0对应的LBT CAT1执行LBT过程,并在LBT过程成功之后发送msg1。In another possible situation, suppose that the configuration index of the access network device for the fourth parameter is msg1-0, and the service indication is h0. Before sending msg1, the terminal device determines whether the authorized time domain location of msg1 is within the COT indicated by the access network device or not. If it is in the COT, the LBT process is executed according to the LBT CAT1 corresponding to the configuration index MSG1-0, and msg1 is sent after the LBT process is successful.
如果不在COT内,则需要终端设备确定当前随机接入过程的类型,以断当前随机接入过程是否是高优先业务发起的,例如,若当前随机接入过程的类型为“接入网设备触发的随机接入过程”,则表示当前随机接入过程不是高优先业务发起的;若当前随机接入过程的类型为“失步恢复的随机接入过程”,则表示当前随机接入过程是高优先业务发起的。If it is not in the COT, the terminal device is required to determine the type of the current random access process to determine whether the current random access process is initiated by a high-priority service. For example, if the current random access process type is "access network device trigger “Random access process” means that the current random access process is not initiated by high priority services; if the type of the current random access process is “random access process for out-of-step recovery”, it means that the current random access process is high Priority business initiated.
如果是高优先业务引起,则根据与配置索引msg1-0对应的LBT CAT2执行LBT过程,并在LBT过程成功之后发送msg1;如果不是高优先业务,引起则根据与配置索引msg1-0对应的LBT CAT4(P=1)来发送msg1。If it is caused by a high-priority service, the LBT process is executed according to the LBT CAT2 corresponding to the configuration index msg1-0, and msg1 is sent after the LBT process is successful; if it is not a high-priority service, the cause is based on the LBT corresponding to the configuration index msg1-0 CAT4 (P=1) to send msg1.
以表7和表8的实现方案,可选的,在第四参数的配置索引为Msg3-3以及Msg1-2的情况,还可以指示默认上报共享COT信息。在这一情况下,无需通过额外的指令或请求来指示上报共享COT信息节省了承载信息的比特,减少传输开销。而即使指示默认上报共享COT信息,终端设备也可以不反馈共享COT信息,当接入网设备接收到第二消息时,就默认终端设备上报了COT共享信息。本申请实施例对指示默认上报共享COT信息的第四参数的配置索引不做限定。With the implementation solutions of Table 7 and Table 8, optionally, in the case where the configuration index of the fourth parameter is Msg3-3 and Msg1-2, it may also be instructed to report the shared COT information by default. In this case, there is no need to instruct to report the shared COT information through additional instructions or requests, which saves information-bearing bits and reduces transmission overhead. Even if it is instructed to report the shared COT information by default, the terminal device may not feed back the shared COT information. When the access network device receives the second message, it defaults to the terminal device to report the COT shared information. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration index of the fourth parameter indicating that the shared COT information is reported by default.
以上仅为举例说明,本申请实施例对终端设备如何确定A5中各个信息以及如何指示A5中各个信息的方式不做限定。The foregoing is only an example, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit how the terminal device determines each information in A5 and how to indicate each information in A5.
A6、在一种可能的实施例中,对可能的第一消息和第二消息的情况进行介绍。A6. In a possible embodiment, the possible situations of the first message and the second message are introduced.
一种可能的情况下,第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3,例如msg3为终端设备收到msg2后发给接入网设备的竞争解决消息。In a possible situation, the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3. For example, msg3 is a contention resolution message sent to the access network device by the terminal device after receiving the msg2.
另一种可能的情况下,第一消息为高层信令,如高层信令为通过广播消息发送的msg1的配置消息,包括:时/频域位置信息、第二阈值、信道接入参数等,所述第二消息为msg1。In another possible case, the first message is high-level signaling. For example, the high-level signaling is a configuration message of msg1 sent through a broadcast message, including: time/frequency domain position information, second threshold, channel access parameters, etc., The second message is msg1.
另一种可能的情况下,第一消息为下行控制信道消息和或高层信令配置消息,第二消息为混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)的确认(acknowledge,ACK)/非确认(not acknowledge,NACK)数据等。In another possible case, the first message is a downlink control channel message and or high-level signaling configuration message, and the second message is a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement (acknowledge, ACK)/non Acknowledge (not acknowledge, NACK) data, etc.
另一种可能的情况下,第一消息为高层信令,如通过广播消息或者无线链路控制消息或者MAC层的控制消息,用于配置发送信号或者数据。第二消息为周期性上行发送信号或者数据,该周期性上行发送信号可以为:探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)、CSI等,该周期性上行发送的数据有物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)数据、终端发送的周期性PUSCH数据等。In another possible situation, the first message is high-level signaling, such as a broadcast message, a radio link control message, or a MAC layer control message, which is used to configure the transmission signal or data. The second message is a periodic uplink transmission signal or data. The periodic uplink transmission signal may be: sounding reference signal (SRS), CSI, etc., and the periodic uplink transmission data has a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink). shared channel (PUSCH) data, periodic PUSCH data sent by the terminal, etc.
以上仅为第一消息、第二消息的举例说明。而本申请实施例中的第二消息为接入网设备调度的且需终端设备发送的消息,第一消息为接入网设备发送关于第二消息的配置信息,例如该配置信息为授权信息,本申请实施例对第一消息、第二消息可能的情况不做限定。The above are only examples of the first message and the second message. The second message in the embodiment of the present application is a message scheduled by the access network device and needs to be sent by the terminal device. The first message is configuration information about the second message sent by the access network device. For example, the configuration information is authorization information. The embodiments of this application do not limit the possible situations of the first message and the second message.
接下来,通过B1-B5对本申请实施例多种可能的实现方式进行举例说明。Next, various possible implementation manners of the embodiments of the present application are illustrated by using B1-B5.
B1、在一种可能的实施例中,第一阈值为一次,第二阈值为一次。第二消息的配置参数除了包括授权时域位置之外还可以包括授权频域位置,且COT内和不在COT内发送第二消息的频域位置为授权频域位置。授权频域位置和授权时域位置为发送第二消息的时频位置。B1. In a possible embodiment, the first threshold is once, and the second threshold is once. The configuration parameter of the second message may include an authorized frequency domain position in addition to an authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain positions in the COT and where the second message is not sent in the COT are authorized frequency domain positions. The authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location are the time-frequency location for sending the second message.
第一阈值为一次,结合第一条件,步骤402的具体实现过程可以为:终端设备在执行步骤402中的发送第二消息之前,当授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT内时,终端设备在COT内执行LBT过程。其中,执行LBT过程的时域位置早于授权时域位置,执行LBT过程的频域位置为授权频域位置。The first threshold is once. In combination with the first condition, the specific implementation process of step 402 may be: before the terminal device executes step 402 to send the second message, when the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device, The terminal device executes the LBT process in the COT. Wherein, the time domain position for executing the LBT process is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position for executing the LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position.
若终端设备执行的LBT过程成功,则终端设备在发送第二消息的时频位置上发送第二消息。If the LBT process performed by the terminal device is successful, the terminal device sends the second message at the time-frequency position where the second message is sent.
若终端设备执行的LBT过程失败,则终端设备在COT内停止发送第二消息。If the LBT process performed by the terminal device fails, the terminal device stops sending the second message in the COT.
第二阈值为一次,结合第二条件,终端设备在执行步骤403中的发送第二消息之前,当授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内时或当终端设备未收到接入网设备指示的COT时,终端设备执行LBT过程。其中,执行LBT过程的时域位置早于授权时域位置,执行LBT过程的频域位置为授权频域位置。The second threshold is one time. Combined with the second condition, before the terminal device executes step 403 to send the second message, when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device or when the terminal device does not receive the access network When the COT indicated by the device, the terminal device executes the LBT process. Wherein, the time domain position for executing the LBT process is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position for executing the LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position.
若终端设备执行的LBT过程成功,则终端设备在发送第二消息的时频位置上发送第二消息。If the LBT process performed by the terminal device is successful, the terminal device sends the second message at the time-frequency position where the second message is sent.
若终端设备执行的LBT过程失败,则终端设备在COT内停止发送第二消息。If the LBT process performed by the terminal device fails, the terminal device stops sending the second message in the COT.
可选的,由于第一阈值为一次、第二阈值为一次,因此终端设备不需要获取第一偏移量和第二偏移量。Optionally, since the first threshold is once and the second threshold is once, the terminal device does not need to obtain the first offset and the second offset.
可选的,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时和发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时所采用的信道接入参数可以参考A1至A6中的详细描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the channel access parameters used when the time domain position for sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position for sending the second message is not within the COT can refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A6, which will not be repeated here. Repeat.
B2、在一种可能的实施例中,第一阈值为一次,第二阈值为至少两次。第二消息的配置参数除了包括授权时域位置之外还可以包括授权频域位置,且COT内时和不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为授权频域位置。COT内时或不在COT内时第一次发送第二消息的时频位置为授权频域位置和授权时域位置。B2. In a possible embodiment, the first threshold is once, and the second threshold is at least twice. The configuration parameter of the second message may include an authorized frequency domain position in addition to the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position at which the second message is sent when in the COT and when not in the COT is the authorized frequency domain position. When in the COT or when not in the COT, the time-frequency location of the second message sent for the first time is the authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location.
(3-1)第一阈值为一次,结合第一条件,步骤402的具体实现过程可以参见B1中的描述,在此不再赘述。(3-1) The first threshold value is once. In combination with the first condition, the specific implementation process of step 402 can be referred to the description in B1, which will not be repeated here.
第二阈值为至少两次,结合第二条件,步骤403的具体实现过程可以为:The second threshold is at least twice. In combination with the second condition, the specific implementation process of step 403 can be:
终端设备在执行步骤403中的发送第二消息之前,当授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内时或当终端设备未收到接入网设备指示的COT时,终端设备执行第一次的LBT 过程,执行第一次的LBT过程的时域位置早于授权时域位置,执行第一次的LBT过程的频域位置为授权频域位置;Before the terminal device sends the second message in step 403, when the authorized time domain location is not within the COT indicated by the access network device or when the terminal device does not receive the COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device executes the first In the second LBT process, the time domain position of the first LBT process is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position of the first LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position;
若终端设备执行的第一次的LBT过程成功,则终端设备按照第一次的发送第二消息的时频位置发送第二消息;If the first LBT process performed by the terminal device is successful, the terminal device sends the second message according to the time-frequency position of the first sending of the second message;
若终端设备执行的第(j-1)次的LBT过程失败、且在发送的次数未达到第二阈值,则终端设备根据第(j-1)次的发送第二消息的时域位置和第二偏移量,确定第j次的发送第二消息的时域位置,并执行第j次的LBT过程,j为从2开始大于1且小于第二阈值的正整数,执行第j次的LBT过程的时域位置早于第j次的发送第二消息的时域位置,执行第j次的LBT过程的频域位置为授权频域位置;If the (j-1)th LBT process performed by the terminal device fails and the number of transmissions does not reach the second threshold, the terminal device will send the second message according to the time domain location and the The second offset, determine the time domain position of the jth sending of the second message, and execute the jth LBT process, where j is a positive integer greater than 1 and less than the second threshold from 2, and execute the jth LBT The time domain position of the process is earlier than the time domain position of sending the second message for the jth time, and the frequency domain position for executing the jth LBT process is the authorized frequency domain position;
若终端设备执行的第j次的LBT过程成功,则终端设备按照第j次的发送第二消息的时频位置发送第二消息,第j次的发送第二消息的时频位置包括上述确定的第j次的发送第二消息的时域位置和授权频域位置;If the j-th LBT process performed by the terminal device is successful, the terminal device sends the second message according to the time-frequency position of the j-th sending of the second message, and the time-frequency position of the j-th sending of the second message includes the above determined The time domain position and the authorized frequency domain position of the jth sending of the second message;
若终端设备执行的第j次的LBT过程失败、且终端设备执行在发送的次数未达到第二阈值,则终端设备根据第j次的发送第二消息的时域位置和和第二偏移量,确定第(j+1)次的发送第二消息的时域位置的步骤,以及后续的根据发送第二消息的时域位置所执行的步骤。If the j-th LBT process performed by the terminal device fails and the number of times the terminal device performs transmission does not reach the second threshold, the terminal device sends the second message according to the j-th time domain position and the second offset , The step of determining the time domain position of sending the second message for the (j+1)th time, and the subsequent steps performed according to the time domain position of sending the second message.
可选的,由于第一阈值为一次、第二阈值为至少两次,因此终端设备需要获取第二偏移量,具体可以参见A1至A6中的详细描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, since the first threshold is once and the second threshold is at least twice, the terminal device needs to obtain the second offset. For details, refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A6, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时和发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时所采用的信道接入参数可以参考A1至A6中的详细描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the channel access parameters used when the time domain position for sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position for sending the second message is not within the COT can refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A6, which will not be repeated here. Repeat.
在B2实施例中,终端设备通过在授权时域位置不在COT内或者未收到COT的情况下多次发送第二消息,能够提高成功发送第二消息的效率,由于第二消息的发送无需等待接入网设备指示的下一个COT,进而降低了第二消息的发送时延。In the B2 embodiment, the terminal device can improve the efficiency of successfully sending the second message by sending the second message multiple times when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT or the COT is not received, because there is no need to wait for the second message to be sent. The next COT indicated by the access network device further reduces the transmission delay of the second message.
(3-2)结合(3-1)中第二阈值为至少两次的方案,以及在接入网设备通过高层信令向终端设备通知第二阈值和第二偏移量的情况下,以第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3为例进行说明。(3-2) Combining the scheme in (3-1) that the second threshold is at least twice, and when the access network device notifies the terminal device of the second threshold and the second offset through high-level signaling, The first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as an example for description.
例如,预先设定授权时域位置不在COT内或者未收到COT时的第二阈值可以为集合A1中的其中一个,以及设定第二偏移量可以为集合A2中的其中一个。For example, the preset second threshold when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT or the COT is not received may be one of the set A1, and the second offset may be set to one of the set A2.
集合A1={s2,s3,s4,s6};Set A1={s2, s3, s4, s6};
集合A2={o0dot5,o1,o2,o4}。Set A2={o0dot5, o1, o2, o4}.
其中,s2表示两次发送机会,s3表示有3次发送机会,s4表示有4次发送机会,s6有6次发送机会。o0dot5表示:第二偏移量为0.5slot,o1表示第二偏移量是1个slot,o2表示第二偏移量是2个slot,o4表示第二偏移量是4个slot。Among them, s2 represents two sending opportunities, s3 represents 3 sending opportunities, s4 represents 4 sending opportunities, and s6 has 6 sending opportunities. o0dot5 indicates that the second offset is 0.5 slot, o1 indicates that the second offset is 1 slot, o2 indicates that the second offset is 2 slots, and o4 indicates that the second offset is 4 slots.
如果接入网设备向终端设备发送的高层信令可以包括s3和o1,表示第二阈值为3次,第二偏移量为1个slot。If the high-level signaling sent by the access network device to the terminal device may include s3 and o1, it means that the second threshold is 3 times and the second offset is 1 slot.
(3-3)进一步的,根据可能实施例B2中(3-1)、(3-2)介绍的内容,以第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3为例进行说明,具体可以参见图5和图6的介绍。(3-3) Further, according to the content introduced in (3-1) and (3-2) in possible embodiment B2, the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as examples for description. For details, refer to the figure 5 and Figure 6 introduction.
图5和图6中的终端设备在COT 501内接收到msg2之后,msg2指示了msg3的授权 时域位置和授权频域位置,以及发送msg3的时域位置在COT 501内时和发送msg3的时域位置不在COT 501内时执行LBT过程的信道接入参数相同,信道接入参数为LBT CAT2。After the terminal device in Figure 5 and Figure 6 receives msg2 in COT 501, msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, and when the time domain position of sending msg3 is within COT 501 and when sending msg3 When the domain location is not in COT 501, the channel access parameters for performing the LBT process are the same, and the channel access parameters are LBT CAT2.
A:如果确定发送msg3的授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT 502内,则在COT 502内执行LBT过程(参数为LBT CAT2),按照发送msg3的时频位置发送msg3。A: If it is determined that the authorized time domain location for sending msg3 is within COT 502 indicated by the access network device, the LBT process (parameter LBT CAT2) is executed in COT 502, and msg3 is sent according to the time-frequency location of sending msg3.
B:如果确定发送msg3的授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT 502内,或者未接收到接入网设备指示的COT,则执行LBT过程按照(参数为LBT CAT2),按照发送msg3的时频位置发送msg3,直到发送成功为止或者次数达到第二阈值为止。这里假设第二阈值为S2,第二偏移量为O2。B: If it is determined that the authorized time domain location for sending msg3 is not within the COT 502 indicated by the access network equipment, or the COT indicated by the access network equipment is not received, the LBT process is executed according to (parameter LBT CAT2), according to the sending msg3 Send msg3 at the time-frequency position until the sending is successful or the number of times reaches the second threshold. It is assumed here that the second threshold is S2 and the second offset is O2.
请参见图5,为本申请实施例提供了一种可能的发送msg3的时域位置的示例图。假设msg3的授权时域位置在slot(k+1),起始的符号是第二个符号,msg3的时长为7个符号。如图5所示,在第一次发送msg3之前,msg3的授权时域位置在COT 502内,因此终端设备可以在slot(k+1)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行LBT过程;如果执行LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+1)的第二至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果执行LBT过程失败,则停止本次msg3的发送。Please refer to FIG. 5, which provides an example diagram of a possible time domain position of sending msg3 in an embodiment of this application. Assuming that the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in slot(k+1), the initial symbol is the second symbol, and the duration of msg3 is 7 symbols. As shown in Figure 5, before sending msg3 for the first time, the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in COT 502, so the terminal device can execute the LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1); The LBT process is successful, and the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the LBT process fails, the current msg3 sending is stopped.
请参见图6,为本申请实施例提供了一种可能的发送msg3的时域位置的示例图。假设msg3的授权时域位置在slot(k+1),符号是第二个符号,msg3的时长为7个符号。Refer to FIG. 6, which provides an example diagram of a possible time domain position of sending msg3 for this embodiment of the application. Assuming that the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in slot(k+1), the symbol is the second symbol, and the duration of msg3 is 7 symbols.
如图6所示,在第一次发送msg3之前,未收到接入网设备指示的COT,且第一次发送的msg3的授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT 501内,因此终端设备可以在slot(k+1)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行第一次的LBT过程。如果第一次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+1)的第二至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第一次的执行LBT过程失败,则根据第二偏移量确定第二次的发送msg3的时域位置为slot(k+3),符号是第二个符号。As shown in Figure 6, before sending msg3 for the first time, the COT indicated by the access network device is not received, and the authorized time domain position of msg3 sent for the first time is not within the COT 501 indicated by the access network device, so the terminal The device can perform the first LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1). If the first LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the first LBT process fails, the second The offset determines that the time domain position of msg3 sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second symbol.
在第二次发送msg3之前,未收到接入网设备指示的其他COT,且第二次的发送msg3的时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内,因此终端设备在slot(k+3)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行第二次的LBT过程;如果第二次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+3)的第二至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第二次的LBT过程失败,由于次数达到第二阈值,终端设备停止发送msg3。Before sending msg3 for the second time, no other COT indicated by the access network equipment has been received, and the time domain position of the second sending msg3 is not within the COT indicated by the access network equipment, so the terminal equipment is in slot(k+3 ) Perform the second LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol; if the second LBT process is successful, the terminal device performs the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+3) and the authorized frequency domain position Send msg3; if the second LBT process fails, the terminal device stops sending msg3 because the number of times reaches the second threshold.
在B2实施例中,终端设备通过在授权时域位置不在COT内时以及未接收到接入网设备指示的COT的情况下可以多次发送第二消息,能够提高成功发送第二消息的效率,由于第二消息的发送无需等待接入网设备指示的下一个COT,进而降低了第二消息的发送时延。In the B2 embodiment, the terminal device can send the second message multiple times when the authorized time domain location is not in the COT and when the COT indicated by the access network device is not received, the efficiency of successfully sending the second message can be improved. Since the sending of the second message does not need to wait for the next COT indicated by the access network device, the sending delay of the second message is reduced.
B3、在一种可能的实施例中,第一阈值为至少两次,第二阈值为至少两次。第二消息的配置参数除了包括授权时域位置之外还可以包括授权频域位置,且COT内时和不在COT内时发送第二消息的频域位置为授权频域位置。COT内时与不在COT内时第一次发送第二消息的时频位置为授权频域位置和授权时域位置。B3. In a possible embodiment, the first threshold is at least twice, and the second threshold is at least twice. The configuration parameter of the second message may include an authorized frequency domain position in addition to the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position at which the second message is sent when in the COT and when not in the COT is the authorized frequency domain position. When in the COT and when not in the COT, the time-frequency location of the second message sent for the first time is the authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location.
(4-1)第一阈值为至少两次。结合第一条件,这里采用的第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值;发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内。步骤402的具体实现过程可以:(4-1) The first threshold is at least twice. In combination with the first condition, the first condition adopted here includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain location of the second message is not within the COT. The specific implementation process of step 402 can be:
当授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT内时,终端设备在COT内执行第一次的LBT过程。其中,执行第一次的LBT过程的时域位置早于授权时域位置,执行第一次的LBT过程的频域位置为授权频域位置。When the authorized time domain location is in the COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device performs the first LBT process in the COT. Wherein, the time domain position where the first LBT process is executed is earlier than the authorized time domain position, and the frequency domain position where the first LBT process is executed is the authorized frequency domain position.
若终端设备执行的第一次的LBT过程成功,则终端设备在第一次的发送第二消息的时频位置上发送第二消息。If the first LBT process performed by the terminal device is successful, the terminal device sends the second message at the time-frequency position where the second message was sent for the first time.
若终端设备执行的第(i-1)次的LBT过程失败、且在发送的次数未达到第一阈值,则终端设备根据第(i-1)次的发送第二消息的时域位置和第一偏移量,确定第i次的发送第二消息的时域位置,i为从2开始大于1且小于第一阈值的正整数;If the (i-1)th LBT process performed by the terminal device fails and the number of transmissions does not reach the first threshold, the terminal device will send the second message according to the (i-1)th time domain position and the first An offset, which determines the time domain position of the i-th sending of the second message, i is a positive integer from 2 that is greater than 1 and less than the first threshold;
若第i次的发送第二消息的时域结束位置未超过接入网设备所指示的COT,则终端设备在COT内根据执行第i次的LBT过程,执行第i次的LBT过程的时域位置早于第i次的发送第二消息的时域位置,执行第i次的LBT过程的频域位置为授权频域位置;If the end position of the time domain of the i-th sending of the second message does not exceed the COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device performs the i-th LBT process in the COT according to the time domain of the i-th LBT process The position is earlier than the time domain position of the i-th sending the second message, and the frequency domain position where the i-th LBT process is executed is the authorized frequency domain position;
若终端设备执行的第i次的LBT过程成功,则终端设备按照第i次的发送第二消息的时频位置发送第二消息,第i次的发送第二消息的时频位置为第i次的发送第二消息的时域位置和授权频域位置;If the i-th LBT process performed by the terminal device is successful, the terminal device sends the second message according to the time-frequency position of the i-th sending the second message, and the time-frequency position of the i-th sending the second message is the i-th time The time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of sending the second message;
若终端设备执行的第i次的LBT过程失败、且终端设备执行在发送的次数未达到第一阈值,则终端设备根据第i次的发送第二消息的时频位置和第一偏移量,确定第(i+1)次的发送第二消息的时域位置的步骤,以及后续的根据发送第二消息的时域位置所执行的步骤。If the i-th LBT process performed by the terminal device fails, and the number of times the terminal device performs sending does not reach the first threshold, the terminal device sends the second message according to the i-th time-frequency position and the first offset, The step of determining the time domain position of sending the second message for the (i+1)th time, and the subsequent steps performed according to the time domain position of sending the second message.
第二阈值为至少两次,结合第二条件,步骤403的具体实现过程可以参见B2中的描述,在此不再赘述。The second threshold is at least twice. In combination with the second condition, the specific implementation process of step 403 can be referred to the description in B2, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,由于第一阈值为至少两次、第二阈值为至少两次,因此终端设备需要获取第一偏移量和第二偏移量,具体可以参见A1至A6中的详细描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, since the first threshold is at least twice and the second threshold is at least twice, the terminal device needs to obtain the first offset and the second offset. For details, please refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A6. This will not be repeated here.
可选的,发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时和发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时所采用的信道接入参数可以参考A1至A5中的详细描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the channel access parameters used when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and the time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT can refer to the detailed descriptions in A1 to A5, which will not be repeated here. Repeat.
(4-2)结合(4-1)中第一阈值为至少两次的方案,以及在接入网设备通过高层信令向终端设备通知第一阈值和第一偏移量的情况下,以第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3为例进行说明。(4-2) Combining the scheme in (4-1) where the first threshold is at least twice, and when the access network device notifies the terminal device of the first threshold and the first offset through high-level signaling, The first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as an example for description.
例如,预先设定授权时域位置在COT内时的第一阈值可以为集合B1中的其中一个,以及设定授权时域位置在COT内时的第一偏移量可以为集合A2中的其中一个。For example, the preset first threshold when the authorized time domain position is in the COT may be one of the set B1, and the first offset when the authorized time domain position is set in the COT may be one of the set A2 One.
集合B1={s2,s3,s4,s5};Set B1={s2, s3, s4, s5};
集合B2={o0dot5,o1,o2,o3}。Set B2={o0dot5, o1, o2, o3}.
其中,s2表示两次发送机会,s3表示有3次发送机会,s4表示有4次发送机会,s5有5次发送机会。o0dot5表示:第一偏移量为0.5slot,o1表示第一偏移量是1个slot,o2表示第一偏移量是2个slot,o3表示第一偏移量是3个slot。Among them, s2 represents two sending opportunities, s3 represents 3 sending opportunities, s4 represents 4 sending opportunities, and s5 has 5 sending opportunities. o0dot5 indicates that the first offset is 0.5 slot, o1 indicates that the first offset is 1 slot, o2 indicates that the first offset is 2 slots, and o3 indicates that the first offset is 3 slots.
如果接入网设备向终端设备发送的高层信令可以包括s2和0.5slot,表示第一阈值为2次,第一偏移量为0.5个slot。If the high-level signaling sent by the access network device to the terminal device may include s2 and 0.5 slot, it means that the first threshold is 2 times and the first offset is 0.5 slot.
结合(4-1)中第二阈值为至少两次的方案的举例说明可以参考B2实施例中(3-2)的描述,在此不再赘述。For an example of the scheme in which the second threshold value is at least twice in (4-1), reference may be made to the description of (3-2) in the B2 embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
(4-3)进一步的,结合实施例(4-1)、(4-2)中介绍的内容,以第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3为例进行说明,第二阈值为至少两次,步骤402的举例可以参考图6的描述,在此不再赘述。(4-3) Further, in combination with the contents introduced in the embodiments (4-1) and (4-2), the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3 as examples for description, and the second threshold is at least two Next, for an example of step 402, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6, which will not be repeated here.
第一阈值为至少两次,步骤403的举例可以参考图7的描述。The first threshold is at least twice. For an example of step 403, refer to the description of FIG. 7.
图7中的终端设备在COT 701内接收到msg2之后,msg2指示了msg3的授权时域位置和授权频域位置,以及发送msg3的时域位置在COT 501内时和发送msg3的时域位置不在COT 501内时执行LBT过程的信道接入参数相同,信道接入参数为LBT CAT2。After the terminal device in Figure 7 receives msg2 in COT 701, msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, and when the time domain position of sending msg3 is within COT 501 and the time domain position of sending msg3 is not The channel access parameters for performing the LBT process in COT 501 are the same, and the channel access parameters are LBT CAT2.
如果确定发送msg3的授权时域位置在COT内,则在COT内在发送第二消息的时频位置发送msg3。请参见图7,为本申请实施例提供了另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图。假设msg3的授权时域位置在slot(k+1),起始的符号是第二个符号,msg3的时长为7个符号,这里假设第一阈值为s2,第一偏移量为o1。If it is determined that the authorized time domain location for sending msg3 is within the COT, msg3 is sent at the time-frequency location for sending the second message within the COT. Please refer to FIG. 7, which provides another example diagram of a possible time domain position for sending the second message in this embodiment of the application. Assuming that the authorized time domain position of msg3 is in slot(k+1), the initial symbol is the second symbol, and the duration of msg3 is 7 symbols. Here, it is assumed that the first threshold is s2 and the first offset is o1.
如图7所示,在第一次发送msg3之前,msg3的授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT 702内,因此终端设备可以在slot(k+1)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行第一次的LBT过程。如果第一次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+1)的第二至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果执第一次的执行LBT过程失败,则根据第一偏移量确定第二次的发送msg3的时域位置为slot(k+2),符号是第二个符号至第七个符号。As shown in Figure 7, before sending msg3 for the first time, the authorized time domain position of msg3 is within COT 702 indicated by the access network device, so the terminal device can use LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1) Perform the first LBT process. If the first LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the first LBT process fails, it will be executed according to the first An offset determines that the time domain position of msg3 sent for the second time is slot(k+2), and the symbols are from the second symbol to the seventh symbol.
由于第二次的发送msg3的时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT 702内,因此终端设备在slot(k+2)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行第二次的LBT过程;如果第二次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+2)的第二至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第二次的LBT过程失败,由于次数达到第一阈值,终端设备停止发送第二消息。Since the time domain position of sending msg3 for the second time is within COT 702 indicated by the access network device, the terminal device performs the second LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+2); The second LBT process is successful, and the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+2) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the second LBT process fails, because the number of times reaches the first threshold, The terminal device stops sending the second message.
可选的,实施例B3描述的方案中所采用的第一条件是包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值;发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内。对于另一种情况中第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值。结合另一种情况下的第一条件,实施例B3描述的方案可以除去“发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内”条件的限定,其他内容相同,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the first condition adopted in the solution described in Embodiment B3 includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold; the time domain for sending the second message The location is not in the COT. In another case, the first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold. In combination with the first condition in another case, the solution described in Embodiment B3 can remove the limitation of the condition that the time domain position of sending the second message is not in the COT. The other content is the same, and will not be repeated here.
在实施例B3中,终端设备通过在COT内和不在COT内均可以多次发送第二消息,能够提高成功发送第二消息的效率,无需等待接入网设备指示的下一个COT,进而降低了第二消息的发送时延。In Embodiment B3, the terminal device can send the second message multiple times both in the COT and not in the COT, which can improve the efficiency of successfully sending the second message without waiting for the next COT indicated by the access network device, thereby reducing Delay in sending the second message.
B4、如果终端设备在发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时和发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时所采用的信道接入参数不同,同样这里用第一参数表示发送第二消息的时域位置在COT内时采用的信道接入参数,用第二参数表示发送第二消息的时域位置不在COT内时采用的信道接入参数。B4. If the terminal equipment uses different channel access parameters when the time domain position of sending the second message is within the COT and when the time domain position of the second message is not within the COT, the first parameter is also used here to indicate that the second message is sent. The channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the message is in the COT, and the second parameter is used to indicate the channel access parameter used when the time domain position of the second message is sent is not in the COT.
(5-1)针对步骤402而言,可选的在第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:第二消息发送成功;发送第二消息的次数达到第一阈值的情况下:在步骤402的执行过程中,需要确定第k次的发送第二消息的时域位置是否在COT内。若是,终端设备执行第k次的LBT过程所采用的信道接入参数为第一参数,并在第k次的发送第二消息的时频位置发送第二消息。若否,则终端设备执行第k次的LBT过程所采用的信道接入参数为第二参数,并在第 k次的发送第二消息的时频位置发送第二消息,k为大于1的正整数,且k小于或等于第一阈值。(5-1) For step 402, the optional first condition includes one of the following conditions: the second message is sent successfully; when the number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold: in step 402 During the execution, it is necessary to determine whether the time domain position of the kth second message is sent within the COT. If yes, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to execute the kth LBT process is the first parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the kth sending of the second message. If not, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to execute the k-th LBT process is the second parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the k-th sending of the second message, and k is a positive value greater than 1. An integer, and k is less than or equal to the first threshold.
请一并参见图8a,为本申请实施例提供了另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图。前提是:终端设备在COT 801内接收到msg2之后,msg2指示了msg3的授权时域位置和授权频域位置,以及指示了第一参数、第二参数、第二阈值和第二偏移量。其中,授权时域位置为slot(k+1)的第二个至第八个符号,第一参数为LBT CAT2,第二阈值为S2,第二偏移量为o2,第二参数为LBT CAT4优先级为p=1。Please also refer to FIG. 8a, which provides another possible example diagram of the time domain position for sending the second message for this embodiment of the application. The premise is that after the terminal device receives msg2 in COT 801, msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, as well as the first parameter, the second parameter, the second threshold, and the second offset. Among them, the authorized time domain position is the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1), the first parameter is LBT CAT2, the second threshold is S2, the second offset is o2, and the second parameter is LBT CAT4 The priority is p=1.
如图8a所示,COT 801和COT 802是接入网设备指示的两个COT。首先,在第一次发送msg3之前,msg3的授权时域位置在接入网设备指示的COT 802内,因此终端设备可以在slot(k+1)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行第一次的LBT过程。如果第一次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+1)的第二个至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第一次的执行LBT过程失败,则根据第二偏移量确定第二次的发送第二消息的时域位置为slot(k+3),符号是第二个至第八个符。As shown in Figure 8a, COT 801 and COT 802 are two COTs indicated by the access network equipment. First, before sending msg3 for the first time, the authorized time domain position of msg3 is within COT 802 indicated by the access network device, so the terminal device can execute the first time according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol of slot(k+1) The LBT process. If the first LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the first LBT process fails, it will be executed according to the first The second offset determines that the time domain position of the second message sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second to eighth symbols.
由图8a可以看出,第二次的发送第二消息的时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT 802内,因此终端设备在slot(k+3)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT4(优先级为p=1)执行第二次的LBT过程;如果第二次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+3)的第二个至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第二次的LBT过程失败,由于次数达到第二阈值,终端设备停止发送第二消息。It can be seen from Figure 8a that the time domain position of the second message sent for the second time is not within the COT 802 indicated by the access network device. Therefore, the terminal device uses the LBT CAT4 (priority priority) on the first symbol of slot(k+3). The level is p = 1) Perform the second LBT process; if the second LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+3) and the authorized frequency domain position. ; If the second LBT process fails, because the number of times reaches the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the second message.
(5-2)针对步骤403而言,在步骤403的执行过程中,如果终端设备接收到接入网设备又一次指示的COT,则需要确定第p次的发送第二消息的时域位置是否在又一次指示的COT内。若是,终端设备执行第p次的LBT过程所采用的信道接入参数为第一参数,并在第p次的发送第二消息的时频位置发送第二消息。若否,则终端设备执行第p次的LBT过程所采用的信道接入参数为第二参数,并在第p次的发送第二消息的时频位置发送第二消息,p为大于1的正整数,且p小于或等于第二阈值。(5-2) For step 403, during the execution of step 403, if the terminal device receives the COT indicated by the access network device again, it needs to determine whether the p-th time domain position of the second message is sent Within the COT indicated again. If yes, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to execute the p-th LBT process is the first parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the p-th sending of the second message. If not, the channel access parameter used by the terminal device to perform the p-th LBT process is the second parameter, and the second message is sent at the time-frequency position of the p-th sending of the second message, and p is a positive value greater than 1. An integer, and p is less than or equal to the second threshold.
请一并参见图8b,为本申请实施例提供了另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图。前提是:终端设备在COT 801内接收到msg2之后,msg2指示了msg3的授权时域位置和授权频域位置,以及指示了第一参数、第二参数、第二阈值和第二偏移量。其中,授权时域位置为slot(k+1)的第二个至第八个符号,第一参数为LBT CAT2,第二阈值为S2,第二偏移量为o2,第二参数为LBT CAT4优先级为p=1。Please also refer to FIG. 8b, which provides another possible example diagram of the time domain position for sending the second message for this embodiment of the application. The premise is that after the terminal device receives msg2 in COT 801, msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, as well as the first parameter, the second parameter, the second threshold, and the second offset. Among them, the authorized time domain position is the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1), the first parameter is LBT CAT2, the second threshold is S2, the second offset is o2, and the second parameter is LBT CAT4 The priority is p=1.
如图8b所示,COT 801是接入网设备指示的一个COT。首先,在第一次发送msg3之前,msg3的授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT 801内,因此终端设备可以在slot(k+1)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT4(优先级为p=1)执行第一次的LBT过程。如果第一次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+1)的第二个至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第一次的执行LBT过程失败,则根据第二偏移量确定第二次的发送第二消息的时域位置为slot(k+3),符号是第二个至第八个符。As shown in Figure 8b, COT 801 is a COT indicated by the access network equipment. First of all, before sending msg3 for the first time, the authorized time domain position of msg3 is not within COT 801 indicated by the access network device, so the terminal device can use LBT CAT4 on the first symbol of slot(k+1) (the priority is p=1) Execute the first LBT process. If the first LBT process is successful, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1) and the authorized frequency domain position; if the first LBT process fails, it will be executed according to the first The second offset determines that the time domain position of the second message sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second to eighth symbols.
在第二次发送msg3之前,又接收到接入网设备指示的另一个COT 803,如图8b可以看出第二次的发送msg3的时域位置在COT 803内,因此终端设备在slot(k+3)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行第二次的LBT过程;如果第二次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot (k+3)的第二个至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第二次的LBT过程失败,由于次数达到第二阈值,终端设备停止发送第二消息。Before sending msg3 for the second time, it receives another COT 803 indicated by the access network equipment. As shown in Figure 8b, it can be seen that the time domain position of sending msg3 for the second time is within COT 803, so the terminal equipment is in slot(k +3) Perform the second LBT process according to LBT CAT2 on the first symbol; if the second LBT process is successful, the terminal device will be in the second to eighth symbols of slot (k+3) and authorized frequency domain Send msg3 at the location; if the second LBT process fails, the terminal device stops sending the second message because the number of times reaches the second threshold.
在实施例B4的可选方式中,如果终端设备在授权时域位置在COT内采用的信道接入参数与授权时域位置不在COT内采用的信道接入参数不同,由于在授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内时,终端设备无法采用LBT CAT1的方式直接发送消息,而在本实施例B4中,可以配置在由于在授权时域位置在COT内时配置第一参数为LBT CAT1,这样直接发送提高了第二消息在COT内的发送成功的效率,也减少了第二消息的发送时延。In the optional manner of embodiment B4, if the channel access parameters used by the terminal equipment in the COT at the authorized time domain position are different from the channel access parameters used at the authorized time domain position not in the COT, because the authorized time domain position is not When accessing the COT indicated by the network device, the terminal device cannot directly send the message in the manner of LBT CAT1, but in this embodiment B4, it can be configured to configure the first parameter as LBT CAT1 when the authorized time domain position is in the COT. In this way, direct transmission improves the efficiency of the successful transmission of the second message in the COT, and also reduces the transmission delay of the second message.
B5、在一种可能的实施例中,当发送第二消息的时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内时,发送第二消息的频域位置为至少一个,且第二阈值为至少一次。第二消息的配置参数除了包括授权时域位置之外还可以包括授权频域位置,授权时域位置在COT内时或授权时域位置不在COT内时第一次发送第二消息的时频位置为授权频域位置和授权时域位置。B5. In a possible embodiment, when the time domain location for sending the second message is not within the COT indicated by the access network device, the frequency domain location for sending the second message is at least one, and the second threshold is at least once . The configuration parameters of the second message may include the authorized frequency domain location in addition to the authorized time domain location. When the authorized time domain location is within the COT or the authorized time domain location is not within the COT, the time-frequency location of the first message sent It is the authorized frequency domain location and the authorized time domain location.
(6-1)第一阈值为一次或者至少两次,步骤402的具体实现过程可以参见实施例B1、实施例B3中的描述,在此不再赘述。(6-1) The first threshold value is once or at least twice. For the specific implementation process of step 402, refer to the description in Embodiment B1 and Embodiment B3, which will not be repeated here.
当发送第二消息的时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内时,发送第二消息的频域位置为至少一个(用M个频域位置表示),且第二阈值为至少一次的情况下,则步骤403中终端设备发送第二消息的具体实现过程可以为:When the time domain location for sending the second message is not within the COT indicated by the access network device, the frequency domain location for sending the second message is at least one (represented by M frequency domain locations), and the second threshold is at least once Next, the specific implementation process of the terminal device sending the second message in step 403 may be:
终端设备在第q次的发送第二消息的时频位置上发送第二消息之前,执行第q次的LBT过程,执行第q次的LBT过程的时域位置早于第q次的发送第二消息的时域位置,执行第q次的LBT过程的频域位置为M个频域位置。第q次的发送第二消息为在第二阈值中的任一次,q为正整数;The terminal device executes the qth LBT process before sending the second message at the time-frequency position of the qth sending of the second message, and the time domain position of the qth LBT process is earlier than the qth sending of the second message. The time domain position of the message, and the frequency domain position where the qth LBT process is executed are M frequency domain positions. The second message sent for the qth time is any time within the second threshold, and q is a positive integer;
若终端设备执行第q次的LBT过程成功,则终端设备根据执行LBT过程成功的频域位置和第q次的发送第二消息的时域位置发送第二消息。If the terminal device successfully performs the qth LBT process, the terminal device sends the second message according to the frequency domain position where the LBT process was successfully executed and the time domain position where the second message was sent for the qth time.
若终端设备在M个频域位置执行LBT过程均失败,则执行第(q+1)次发送第二消息的步骤;If the terminal device fails to perform the LBT process at the M frequency domain positions, execute the step of sending the second message for the (q+1)th time;
其中,第一次的发送第二消息的时域位置为授权时域位置,除第一次之外的其他第q次的发送第二消息的时域位置是根据第(q-1)次的发送第二消息的时域位置和第二偏移量确定的。Among them, the time domain position of the first sending of the second message is the authorized time domain position, and the time domain position of sending the second message for the qth time except the first time is based on the (q-1)th time The time domain location and the second offset for sending the second message are determined.
可选的,若终端设备执行LBT过程成功的频域位置有多个,则终端设备可以在多个执行LBT过程成功的频域位置和第q次的发送第二消息的时域位置发送第二消息。或者,若终端设备执行LBT过程成功的频域位置有多个,则终端设备可以在多个执行LBT过程成功的频域位置中挑选一个,并按照挑选的频域位置和第q次的发送第二消息的时域位置发送第二消息。Optionally, if there are multiple frequency domain locations where the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process, the terminal device may send the second message at the multiple frequency domain locations where the LBT process is successfully executed and the time domain location where the second message is sent for the qth time. news. Or, if there are multiple frequency domain locations where the terminal device successfully executes the LBT process, the terminal device can select one of the multiple frequency domain locations where the LBT process is successfully executed, and according to the selected frequency domain location and the qth transmission The second message is sent at the time domain position of the second message.
(6-2)结合(6-1)的方案,例如,以第一消息为msg2、第二消息为msg3为例,msg3的授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT内的至少一个频域位置,可以为集合C1中的其中一个,C1={all-sb,sb1&2,sb1&2&3}。(6-2) Combining the solution of (6-1), for example, taking the first message as msg2 and the second message as msg3, the authorized time domain position of msg3 is not at least one frequency in the COT indicated by the access network device The domain position can be one of the set C1, C1={all-sb, sb1&2, sb1&2&3}.
其中,all-sub:表示在所有子带(sub-band)上都配置发送Msg3的频域位置;Among them, all-sub: indicates that the frequency domain position for sending Msg3 is configured on all sub-bands;
sb1&2:表示在sub-band1和sub-band2上配置发送Msg3的频域位置;sb1&2: indicates that the frequency domain position of sending Msg3 is configured on sub-band1 and sub-band2;
sb1&2&3:表示在sub-band1、sub-band2和sub-band3上配置发送Msg3的频域位置。sb1&2&3: Indicates the frequency domain position for configuring and sending Msg3 on sub-band1, sub-band2, and sub-band3.
请一并参见图9,为本申请实施例提供了一种可能的通信带宽内定义多sub-band的示例图。如图9所示,如通信带宽为80MHz,分为4个sub-band,分别为sub-band1、sub-band2、sub-band3和sub-band4。这里的每个sub-band包括多个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)。终端设备获取的多个频域位置为sb1&2,即在sub-band1和sub-band2上均需要发送msg3。Please also refer to FIG. 9, which provides an example diagram of defining multiple sub-bands in a possible communication bandwidth for this embodiment of the application. As shown in Figure 9, if the communication bandwidth is 80MHz, it is divided into 4 sub-bands, namely sub-band1, sub-band2, sub-band3, and sub-band4. Each sub-band here includes multiple physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB). The multiple frequency domain positions acquired by the terminal device are sb1&2, that is, msg3 needs to be sent on both sub-band1 and sub-band2.
终端设备在发送msg3前,在sub-band1和2sub-band上执行LBT过程。如果sub-band1侦听成功,则在sub-band1上发送msg3。如果sub-band2侦听成功,则在sub-band2上发送msg3。如果sub-band1和sub-band2上侦听成功,则在sub-band1和sub-band2均上发送msg3;或者仅仅在sub-band1上发送msg3;或者仅仅在sub-band2上发送msg3;或者在sub-band1和sub-band2中侦听到的能量低的sub-band上进行发送msg3,这样可以减少对其它系统的干扰,同时增加接入网设备正确检测msg3的概率。其侦听到的能量可以是接收的信号强度指示(received signal strength indication,RSSI),也可以是基于LBT检测的能量相关数值。The terminal device executes the LBT process on sub-band 1 and 2 sub-band before sending msg3. If sub-band1 listens successfully, msg3 is sent on sub-band1. If sub-band2 listens successfully, msg3 is sent on sub-band2. If the listening is successful on sub-band1 and sub-band2, then send msg3 on both sub-band1 and sub-band2; or send msg3 only on sub-band1; or send msg3 only on sub-band2; or -Send msg3 on the low-energy sub-band detected in band1 and sub-band2, which can reduce interference to other systems and increase the probability of the access network equipment correctly detecting msg3. The energy it hears can be a received signal strength indication (RSSI), or it can be an energy-related value based on LBT detection.
进一步请参见图10,为本申请实施例提供了另一种可能的发送第二消息的时域位置的示例图。前提是:终端设备在COT 1001内接收到msg2之后,msg2指示了msg3的授权时域位置和授权频域位置,以及终端设备获取到在COT内执行LBT过程的第一参数,以及终端设备获取到第二阈值、第二偏移量、第二参数和至少一个频域位置。授权时域位置为slot(k+1)的第二个至第八个符号,第二阈值为S2,第二偏移量为O2,第一参数为LBT CAT2,第二参数为LBT CAT4优先级为p=1,至少一个频域位置配置的是sb1&2,即频域位置为sub-band1(用sb1表示)和sub-band2(用sb2表示)。Further, please refer to FIG. 10, which provides another example diagram of a possible time domain location for sending the second message for this embodiment of the application. The premise is: after the terminal device receives msg2 in COT 1001, msg2 indicates the authorized time domain position and authorized frequency domain position of msg3, and the terminal device obtains the first parameter of the LBT process in COT, and the terminal device obtains A second threshold, a second offset, a second parameter, and at least one frequency domain position. The authorized time domain position is the second to eighth symbols of slot(k+1), the second threshold is S2, the second offset is O2, the first parameter is LBT CAT2, and the second parameter is LBT CAT4 priority For p=1, at least one frequency domain position is configured with sb1&2, that is, the frequency domain positions are sub-band1 (represented by sb1) and sub-band2 (represented by sb2).
如图10所示,首先,在第一次发送msg3之前,未收到接入网设备指示的COT,且第一次发送的msg3的授权时域位置不在接入网设备指示的COT 1001内,因此终端设备在slot(k+1)第一个符号的sb1和sb2上分别根据LBT CAT4(优先级为p=1)执行第一次的LBT过程。如果第一次的LBT过程在sb1上成功,终端设备在sb1的第二个至第八个符号上执行发送msg3;如果第一次的执行LBT过程在sb1和sb2上均失败,则根据第二偏移量确定第二次的发送第二消息的时域位置为slot(k+3),符号是第二个符号至第八个符号。As shown in Figure 10, first, before sending msg3 for the first time, the COT indicated by the access network device is not received, and the authorized time domain position of msg3 sent for the first time is not within the COT 1001 indicated by the access network device. Therefore, the terminal device performs the first LBT process on sb1 and sb2 of the first symbol of slot (k+1) respectively according to LBT CAT4 (priority p=1). If the first LBT process succeeds on sb1, the terminal device sends msg3 on the second to eighth symbols of sb1; if the first LBT process fails on both sb1 and sb2, it will be executed according to the second The offset determines that the time domain position of the second message sent for the second time is slot(k+3), and the symbol is the second symbol to the eighth symbol.
在第二次发送msg3之前,又接收到接入网设备指示的另一个COT 1002,如图8b可以看出第二次的发送msg3的时域位置在COT 1002内,因此终端设备在slot(k+3)第一个符号上根据LBT CAT2执行第二次的LBT过程;如果第二次的LBT过程成功,终端设备在slot(k+3)的第二个符号至第八个符号、授权频域位置上执行发送msg3;如果第二次的LBT过程失败,由于次数达到第二阈值,终端设备停止发送第二消息。Before sending msg3 for the second time, another COT 1002 indicated by the access network device is received. As shown in Figure 8b, it can be seen that the time domain position of msg3 sent for the second time is within COT 1002, so the terminal device is in slot(k +3) The second LBT process is performed on the first symbol according to LBT CAT2; if the second LBT process is successful, the terminal equipment will be in the second symbol to the eighth symbol of slot (k+3), the authorized frequency Send msg3 at the domain location; if the second LBT process fails, the terminal device stops sending the second message because the number of times reaches the second threshold.
(6-3)进一步的,针对本实施例B5的实现方案,若终端设备还获取到上行共享指示请求,则终端设备需要针对各个sub-band进行反馈。例如,共享COT信息用于指示终端设备在各个频域位置上可共享给接入网设备的时间长度信息。(6-3) Further, for the implementation solution of the embodiment B5, if the terminal device also obtains the uplink sharing indication request, the terminal device needs to feedback for each sub-band. For example, the shared COT information is used to indicate the length of time information that the terminal device can share with the access network device at each frequency domain location.
举例来说,请参见表9,该通信带宽分为4个sub-band,每个sub-band使用2bit反馈,反馈内容示意如下:For example, see Table 9. The communication bandwidth is divided into 4 sub-bands, and each sub-band uses 2bit feedback. The feedback content is as follows:
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2020072295-appb-000010
以上仅为举例说明,本实施例对各个比特所表示的含义不做限定。共享COT信息的上报方式与实施例A3描述的方式相同,接入网设备向终端设备发送的上行共享指示请求也可以参考可能的实施例A3的具体介绍,在此不再赘述。The foregoing is only an example, and this embodiment does not limit the meaning of each bit. The reporting method of the shared COT information is the same as that described in Embodiment A3. For the uplink sharing indication request sent by the access network device to the terminal device, reference may also be made to the specific introduction of the possible embodiment A3, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请的实施例B5中,终端设备可以在授权时域位置不在COT内时,在多个频域位置上发送第二消息,更加提高了第二消息成功发送的效率,第二消息的发送无需等待接入网设备指示的下一个COT,减小了第二消息的发送时延。In Embodiment B5 of the present application, the terminal device can send the second message at multiple frequency domain positions when the authorized time domain position is not within the COT, which further improves the efficiency of the successful transmission of the second message. There is no need to wait for the next COT indicated by the access network device, which reduces the transmission delay of the second message.
上文主要从设备的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,终端设备、网络设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的步骤,本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同的设备来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的技术方案的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of equipment. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the terminal equipment and the network equipment include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the respective functions. With reference to the steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different devices for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述设备示例对终端设备、网络设备进行功能模块或功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块或功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块或处理单元中。上述集成的模块或单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块或单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application can divide terminal devices and network devices into functional modules or functional units based on the above device examples. For example, each functional module or functional unit can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated In a processing module or processing unit. The above-mentioned integrated modules or units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules or units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
请参见图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。该终端设备1100用于实现图4至图10的方法实施例。如图11所示,该终端设备1100包括接收模块1101、处理模块1102和发送模块1103。Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 1100 is used to implement the method embodiments in FIGS. 4 to 10. As shown in FIG. 11, the terminal device 1100 includes a receiving module 1101, a processing module 1102, and a sending module 1103.
接收模块1101,用于接收接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于向所述终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中所述配置参数包括所述第二消息的授权时域位置;The receiving module 1101 is configured to receive a first message sent by an access network device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of a second message, wherein the configuration parameter includes the configuration parameter of the second message Authorized time domain location;
处理模块1102,用于在所述授权时域位置在所述接入网设备指示的信道占用时间COT内时,使发送模块1103发送所述第二消息,直至满足第一条件;以及用于在所述授权时域位置不在所述COT内时,或者,在所述接收模块1101未收到所述COT时,使所述发送模块1103发送所述第二消息,直至满足第二条件。The processing module 1102 is configured to enable the sending module 1103 to send the second message until the first condition is met when the authorized time domain position is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device; and When the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, or when the receiving module 1101 does not receive the COT, the sending module 1103 is caused to send the second message until the second condition is satisfied.
可选的,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:Optionally, the first condition includes one of the following conditions:
所述第二消息发送成功;The second message is sent successfully;
发送所述第二消息的次数达到第一阈值;The number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold;
发送所述第二消息的时域位置不在所述COT之内。The time domain position of sending the second message is not within the COT.
可选的,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的一种:Optionally, the second condition includes one of the following conditions:
所述第二消息发送成功;The second message is sent successfully;
发送所述第二消息的次数达到第二阈值。The number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold.
可选的,所述第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3。Optionally, the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
可选的,所述第一消息为高层信令,所述第二消息为msg1。Optionally, the first message is high-layer signaling, and the second message is msg1.
可选的,所述处理模块1102,还用于在所述发送模块1103发送第二消息之前获取以下至少一种:Optionally, the processing module 1102 is further configured to obtain at least one of the following before the sending module 1103 sends the second message:
所述第一阈值;The first threshold;
所述COT内的信道接入参数。The channel access parameters in the COT.
可选的,所述处理模块1102,还用于在所述发送模块1103发送第二消息之前获取以下至少一种:Optionally, the processing module 1102 is further configured to obtain at least one of the following before the sending module 1103 sends the second message:
所述第二阈值;The second threshold;
在频域上执行先听后说LBT过程的至少一个频域位置;Perform at least one frequency domain position of the LBT process in the frequency domain;
不在所述COT内的信道接入参数。Channel access parameters that are not in the COT.
可选的,所述第一消息中包含上行共享指示请求,所述上行共享指示请求用于指示所述终端设备向所述接入网设备上报共享COT信息;所述第二消息包含所述共享COT信息或所述共享COT信息携带在上行控制信息中。Optionally, the first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the sharing The COT information or the shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
可选的,所述第一消息还包含信道状态信息CSI比特位,所述CSI比特位用于指示所述终端设备上报所述共享COT信息。Optionally, the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
可以理解的,该终端设备1100用于实现图4至图10实施例中终端设备所执行的步骤。关于图11的终端设备包括的功能块的具体实现方式及相应的有益效果,可参考前述图4至图10的实施例的具体介绍,这里不赘述。It can be understood that the terminal device 1100 is used to implement the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10. Regarding the specific implementation manners and corresponding beneficial effects of the functional blocks included in the terminal device of FIG. 11, reference may be made to the specific introduction of the foregoing embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请的实施例中,接收模块1101可以是接收器或者接收电路,发送模块1103可以是发送器或者发送电路。接收模块1101和发送模块1103还可以是该终端设备的通信接口。处理模块1102可以是处理器。In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving module 1101 may be a receiver or a receiving circuit, and the sending module 1103 may be a transmitter or a transmitting circuit. The receiving module 1101 and the sending module 1103 may also be communication interfaces of the terminal device. The processing module 1102 may be a processor.
上述图11所示实施例中的终端设备1100可以以图12所示的终端设备1200实现。如图12所示,为本申请实施例提供了另一种终端设备的结构示意图,图12所示的终端设备1200包括:处理器1201和收发器1202。The terminal device 1100 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may be implemented by the terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12. As shown in FIG. 12, a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device is provided for this embodiment of the application. The terminal device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 includes a processor 1201 and a transceiver 1202.
所述收发器1202用于支持终端设备1200与上述实施例中涉及的网络设备之间的信息传输。The transceiver 1202 is used to support information transmission between the terminal device 1200 and the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
处理器1201用于对终端设备的动作进行控制管理。The processor 1201 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal device.
例如在图4所示实施例中,所述收发器1202用于实现图4所示实施例中接收步骤401中的消息,以及发送步骤402和步骤403中的消息;处理单元1201用于在发送消息之前确定授权时域位置是否在接入网设备指示的COT内。For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the transceiver 1202 is used for receiving the message in step 401 and sending the message in step 402 and step 403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; the processing unit 1201 is used for sending Before the message, determine whether the authorized time domain location is within the COT indicated by the access network device.
处理器1201和收发器1202通信连接,例如通过总线1204相连。总线1204可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。所述总线1204可以分为地址总线、数据总线和控制总线等。为便于表示,图12中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The processor 1201 and the transceiver 1202 are in communication connection, for example, connected via a bus 1204. The bus 1204 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus. The bus 1204 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 12, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
所述终端设备1200还可以包括存储器1203。存储器1203用于存储供终端设备1200执行的程序代码和数据,处理器1201用于执行存储器1203中存储的应用程序代码,以实现图4至图10所示任一实施例提供的终端设备的动作。The terminal device 1200 may further include a memory 1203. The memory 1203 is used to store program codes and data for the terminal device 1200 to execute, and the processor 1201 is used to execute the application program codes stored in the memory 1203 to implement the actions of the terminal device provided in any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 10 .
需要说明的是,实际应用中终端设备可以包括一个或者多个处理器,该终端设备1200的结构并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。It should be noted that in actual applications, the terminal device may include one or more processors, and the structure of the terminal device 1200 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
处理器1201可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processor 1201 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array Field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
收发器1204可以是通信接口或收发电路等,其中,该收发器是统称,在具体实现中,该收发器可以包括多个接口。The transceiver 1204 may be a communication interface or a transceiver circuit, etc., where the transceiver is a general term. In a specific implementation, the transceiver may include multiple interfaces.
存储器1203可以包括易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM);存储器1203也可以包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory),例如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM),快闪存储器(flash memory),硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD);存储器1203还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。The memory 1203 may include a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random access memory (random access memory, RAM); the memory 1203 may also include a non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as a read-only memory (read-only memory). Only memory (ROM), flash memory (flash memory), hard disk drive (HDD), or solid-state drive (SSD); the memory 1203 may also include a combination of the foregoing types of memories.
在本申请实施例中还提供了一种可读存储介质,可以用于存储图4至图10所示实施例中所述终端设备所用的计算机软件指令,使图4至图10所示实施例的任一可能的实现方式被实现。该存储介质包括但不限于快闪存储器、硬盘、固态硬盘。In the embodiment of the present application, a readable storage medium is also provided, which can be used to store computer software instructions used by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 10, so that the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. Any possible implementation of is implemented. The storage medium includes but is not limited to flash memory, hard disk, and solid state hard disk.
在本申请实施例中还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机产品被计算设备运行时,可以执行上述实施例中为终端设备所设计的通信方法。In the embodiments of the present application, a computer program product is also provided. When the computer product is run by a computing device, it can execute the communication method designed for the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment.
请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图13所示,该网络设备1300包括发送模块1301和接收模块1302。Please refer to FIG. 13, which is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the network device 1300 includes a sending module 1301 and a receiving module 1302.
发送模块1301,用于向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于向所述终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中所述配置参数包括所述第二消息的授权时域位置;The sending module 1301 is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of a second message, wherein the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain of the second message position;
接收模块1302,用于接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二消息。The receiving module 1302 is configured to receive the second message sent by the terminal device.
可选的,所述发送模块1301还用于向终端设备发送以下至少一种:Optionally, the sending module 1301 is further configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal device:
所述第一阈值和所述第二阈值,其中,所述第二阈值大于或等于第一阈值;The first threshold and the second threshold, wherein the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
所述COT内的信道接入参数;Channel access parameters in the COT;
不在所述COT内的信道接入参数;Channel access parameters not in the COT;
在频域上执行先听后说LBT过程的至少一个频域位置。Perform at least one frequency domain position of the LBT process in the frequency domain.
可选的,所述第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3。Optionally, the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
可选的,所述第一消息为高层信令,所述第二消息为msg1。Optionally, the first message is high-layer signaling, and the second message is msg1.
可选的,所述第一消息中包含上行共享指示请求,所述上行共享指示请求用于指示所述终端设备向所述接入网设备上报共享COT信息;所述第二消息包含所述共享COT信息或所述共享COT信息携带在上行控制信息中。Optionally, the first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the sharing The COT information or the shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
可选的,所述第一消息还包含信道状态信息CSI比特位,所述CSI比特位用于指示所述终端设备上报所述共享COT信息。Optionally, the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
可以理解的,该网络设备1300用于实现图4至图10实施例中网络设备所执行的步骤。关于图13的网络设备包括的功能块的具体实现方式及相应的有益效果,可参考前述图4至图10的实施例的具体介绍,这里不赘述。It can be understood that the network device 1300 is used to implement the steps performed by the network device in the embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 10. Regarding the specific implementation manners and corresponding beneficial effects of the functional blocks included in the network device of FIG. 13, reference may be made to the specific introduction of the foregoing embodiments in FIG. 4 to FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请的实施例中,接收模块1302可以是接收器或者接收电路,发送模块1301可以是发送器或者发送电路。接收模块1302和发送模块1301还可以是该终端设备的通信接口。In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving module 1302 may be a receiver or a receiving circuit, and the sending module 1301 may be a transmitter or a transmitting circuit. The receiving module 1302 and the sending module 1301 may also be communication interfaces of the terminal device.
上述图13所示的网络设备1300可以以图14所示的网络设备1400实现。如图14所示,为本申请实施例提供了另一种网络设备的结构示意图,图14所示的网络设备1400包括:处理器1401和收发器1402。The aforementioned network device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 may be implemented as the network device 1400 shown in FIG. 14. As shown in FIG. 14, a schematic structural diagram of another network device is provided for this embodiment of the present application. The network device 1400 shown in FIG. 14 includes a processor 1401 and a transceiver 1402.
所述收发器1402用于支持网络设备1400与上述实施例中涉及的终端设备之间的信息传输,处理器1401用于对网络设备1400的动作进行控制管理。The transceiver 1402 is used to support information transmission between the network device 1400 and the terminal devices involved in the foregoing embodiments, and the processor 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device 1400.
例如在图4所示实施例中,所述收发器1402用于实现图4所示实施例中发送步骤401的消息,以及用于接收步骤402、403中的消息;处理单元1401用于支持所述收发器1402执行上述步骤。For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the transceiver 1402 is used to send the message in step 401 and to receive the message in steps 402 and 403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; the processing unit 1401 is used to support all The transceiver 1402 performs the above steps.
处理器1401和收发器1402通信连接,例如通过总线相连。所述网络设备1400还可以包括存储器1403。存储器1403用于存储供网络设备1400执行的程序代码和数据,处理器1401用于执行存储器1403中存储的应用程序代码,以实现图4至图10所示任一实施例提供的网络设备的动作。The processor 1401 and the transceiver 1402 are communicatively connected, for example, connected via a bus. The network device 1400 may further include a memory 1403. The memory 1403 is used to store program codes and data for the network device 1400 to execute, and the processor 1401 is used to execute the application code stored in the memory 1403 to implement the actions of the network device provided by any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 10 .
需要说明的是,实际应用中网络设备可以包括一个或者多个处理器,该网络设备1400的结构并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。It should be noted that in actual applications, the network device may include one or more processors, and the structure of the network device 1400 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
处理器1401可以是CPU,NP,硬件芯片或者其任意组合。上述硬件芯片可以是ASIC,PLD或其组合。上述PLD可以是CPLD,FPGA,GAL或其任意组合。The processor 1401 may be a CPU, an NP, a hardware chip, or any combination thereof. The above hardware chip may be ASIC, PLD or a combination thereof. The above PLD can be CPLD, FPGA, GAL or any combination thereof.
存储器1403可以包括易失性存储器,例如RAM;存储器1403也可以包括非易失性存储器,例如ROM,快闪存储器,硬盘或固态硬盘;存储器1403还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。The memory 1403 may include a volatile memory, such as RAM; the memory 1403 may also include a non-volatile memory, such as ROM, flash memory, a hard disk, or a solid state hard disk; the memory 1403 may also include a combination of the foregoing types of memories.
在本申请实施例中还提供了一种可读存储介质,可以用于存储图4至图10所示实施例中所述网络设备所用的计算机软件指令,使图4至图10所示实施例的任一可能的实现方式被实现。该存储介质包括但不限于快闪存储器、硬盘、固态硬盘。An embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium that can be used to store computer software instructions used by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 10, so that the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. Any possible implementation of is implemented. The storage medium includes but is not limited to flash memory, hard disk, and solid state hard disk.
在本申请实施例中还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机产品被计算设备运行时,可以执行上述实施例中为网络设备所设计的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. When the computer product is run by a computing device, it can execute the communication method designed for the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及所述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”和“第四”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有” 以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选的还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选的还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third" and "fourth" in the specification and claims of this application and the drawings are used to distinguish different objects, not to describe a specific order . In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally includes steps or units not listed, or optionally includes Other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
本申请中,“A和/或B”是指下述情况之一:A,B,A和B。“……中至少一个”是指所列出的各项或者任意数量的所列出的各项的任意组合方式,例如,“A、B和C中至少一个”是指下述情况之一:A,B,C,A和B,B和C,A和C,A、B和C这七种情况中的任一种。In this application, "A and/or B" refers to one of the following situations: A, B, A, and B. "At least one of..." refers to the listed items or any combination of any number of listed items. For example, "at least one of A, B, and C" refers to one of the following situations: A, B, C, A and B, B and C, A and C, A, B and C in any of the seven cases.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic. The implementation process of the embodiments of this application should constitute any limitation.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,是可以通过计算机程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,所述的程序可存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the processes in the above-mentioned embodiment methods can be implemented by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program. The program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. During execution, it may include the procedures of the above-mentioned method embodiments.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于向所述终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中所述配置参数包括所述第二消息的授权时域位置;The terminal device receives a first message sent by the access network device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send configuration parameters of a second message, wherein the configuration parameters include the authorized time domain location of the second message ;
    在所述授权时域位置在所述接入网设备指示的信道占用时间COT内时,则所述终端设备发送所述第二消息,直至满足第一条件;When the authorized time domain position is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device, the terminal device sends the second message until the first condition is satisfied;
    在所述授权时域位置不在所述COT内时,或者,在所述终端设备未收到所述COT时,则所述终端设备发送所述第二消息,直至满足第二条件。When the authorized time domain location is not within the COT, or when the terminal device does not receive the COT, the terminal device sends the second message until the second condition is satisfied.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first condition comprises one of the following conditions:
    所述第二消息发送成功;The second message is sent successfully;
    发送所述第二消息的次数达到第一阈值;The number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold;
    发送所述第二消息的时域位置不在所述COT内。The time domain location where the second message is sent is not in the COT.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的一种:The method according to claim 1, wherein the second condition comprises one of the following conditions:
    所述第二消息发送成功;The second message is sent successfully;
    发送所述第二消息的次数达到第二阈值。The number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
  5. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为高层信令,所述第二消息为msg1。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first message is high-layer signaling, and the second message is msg1.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备发送所述第二消息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein before the terminal device sends the second message, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备获取以下至少一种:The terminal device obtains at least one of the following:
    所述第一阈值;The first threshold;
    所述COT内的信道接入参数。The channel access parameters in the COT.
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备发送所述第二消息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein before the terminal device sends the second message, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备获取以下至少一种:The terminal device obtains at least one of the following:
    所述第二阈值;The second threshold;
    在频域上执行先听后说LBT过程的至少一个频域位置;Perform at least one frequency domain position of the LBT process in the frequency domain;
    不在所述COT内的信道接入参数。Channel access parameters that are not in the COT.
  8. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 4, wherein:
    所述第一消息中包含上行共享指示请求,所述上行共享指示请求用于指示所述终端设备向所述接入网设备上报共享COT信息;所述第二消息包含所述共享COT信息或所述共享COT信息携带在上行控制信息中。The first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the shared COT information or the shared COT information. The shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包含信道状态信息CSI比特位,所述CSI比特位用于指示所述终端设备上报所述共享COT信息。The method according to claim 8, wherein the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接入网设备向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于向所述终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中所述配置参数包括所述第二消息的授权时域位置;The access network device sends a first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of a second message, where the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message;
    所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二消息。The access network device receives the second message sent by the terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备还向终端设备发送以下至少一种:The method according to claim 10, wherein the access network device further sends at least one of the following to the terminal device:
    所述第一阈值和所述第二阈值,其中,所述第二阈值大于或等于第一阈值;The first threshold and the second threshold, wherein the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述COT内的信道接入参数;Channel access parameters in the COT;
    不在所述COT内的信道接入参数;Channel access parameters not in the COT;
    在频域上执行先听后说LBT过程的至少一个频域位置。Perform at least one frequency domain position of the LBT process in the frequency domain.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first message is msg2 and the second message is msg3.
  13. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为高层信令,所述第二消息为msg1。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first message is high-layer signaling, and the second message is msg1.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 12, wherein:
    所述第一消息中包含上行共享指示请求,所述上行共享指示请求用于指示所述终端设备向所述接入网设备上报共享COT信息;所述第二消息包含所述共享COT信息或所述共享COT信息携带在上行控制信息中。The first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the shared COT information or the shared COT information. The shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包含信道状态信息CSI比特位,所述CSI比特位用于指示所述终端设备上报所述共享COT信息。The method according to claim 14, wherein the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  16. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, characterized by comprising:
    接收模块,用于接收接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于向所述终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中所述配置参数包括所述第二消息的授权时域位置;The receiving module is configured to receive a first message sent by an access network device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of a second message, wherein the configuration parameter includes the authorization of the second message Time domain location
    处理模块,用于在所述授权时域位置在所述接入网设备指示的信道占用时间COT内时,使发送模块发送所述第二消息,直至满足第一条件;以及A processing module, configured to make the sending module send the second message when the authorized time domain location is within the channel occupation time COT indicated by the access network device until the first condition is met; and
    用于在所述授权时域位置不在所述COT内时,或者,在所述接收模块未收到所述COT时,使所述发送模块发送所述第二消息,直至满足第二条件。When the authorized time domain location is not in the COT, or when the receiving module does not receive the COT, the sending module is used to send the second message until the second condition is met.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一条件包括以下条件中的一种:The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the first condition comprises one of the following conditions:
    所述第二消息发送成功;The second message is sent successfully;
    发送所述第二消息的次数达到第一阈值;The number of times the second message is sent reaches the first threshold;
    发送所述第二消息的时域位置不在所述COT内。The time domain location where the second message is sent is not in the COT.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括以下条件中的一种:The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the second condition comprises one of the following conditions:
    所述第二消息发送成功;The second message is sent successfully;
    发送所述第二消息的次数达到第二阈值。The number of times the second message is sent reaches the second threshold.
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3。The terminal device according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
  20. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息为高层信令,所述第二消息为msg1。The terminal device according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message is high-level signaling, and the second message is msg1.
  21. 根据权利要求17所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 17, wherein:
    所述处理模块,还用于在所述发送模块发送第二消息之前获取以下至少一种:The processing module is further configured to obtain at least one of the following before the sending module sends the second message:
    所述第一阈值;The first threshold;
    所述COT内的信道接入参数。The channel access parameters in the COT.
  22. 根据权利要求18所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 18, wherein:
    所述处理模块,还用于在所述发送模块发送第二消息之前获取以下至少一种:The processing module is further configured to obtain at least one of the following before the sending module sends the second message:
    所述第二阈值;The second threshold;
    在频域上执行先听后说LBT过程的至少一个频域位置;Perform at least one frequency domain position of the LBT process in the frequency domain;
    不在所述COT内的信道接入参数。Channel access parameters that are not in the COT.
  23. 根据权利要求19所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 19, wherein:
    所述第一消息中包含上行共享指示请求,所述上行共享指示请求用于指示所述终端设备向所述接入网设备上报共享COT信息;所述第二消息包含所述共享COT信息或所述共享COT信息携带在上行控制信息中。The first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the shared COT information or the shared COT information. The shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包含信道状态信息CSI比特位,所述CSI比特位用于指示所述终端设备上报所述共享COT信息。The terminal device according to claim 23, wherein the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  25. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:An access network equipment, characterized by comprising:
    发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于向所述终端设备指示发送第二消息的配置参数,其中所述配置参数包括所述第二消息的授权时域位置;The sending module is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a configuration parameter of a second message, wherein the configuration parameter includes the authorized time domain location of the second message ;
    接收模块,用于接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二消息。The receiving module is configured to receive the second message sent by the terminal device.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述发送模块还用于向终端设备发送以下至少一种:The access network device according to claim 25, wherein the sending module is further configured to send at least one of the following to the terminal device:
    所述第一阈值和所述第二阈值,其中,所述第二阈值大于或等于第一阈值;The first threshold and the second threshold, wherein the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述COT内的信道接入参数;Channel access parameters in the COT;
    不在所述COT内的信道接入参数;Channel access parameters not in the COT;
    在频域上执行先听后说LBT过程的至少一个频域位置。Perform at least one frequency domain position of the LBT process in the frequency domain.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息为msg2,所述第二消息为msg3。The access network device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the first message is msg2, and the second message is msg3.
  28. 根据权利要求25或26所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息为高层信令,所述第二消息为msg1。The access network device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the first message is high-layer signaling, and the second message is msg1.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,The access network device according to claim 27, wherein:
    所述第一消息中包含上行共享指示请求,所述上行共享指示请求用于指示所述终端设备向所述接入网设备上报共享COT信息;所述第二消息包含所述共享COT信息或所述共享COT信息携带在上行控制信息中。The first message includes an uplink sharing indication request, and the uplink sharing indication request is used to instruct the terminal device to report shared COT information to the access network device; the second message includes the shared COT information or the shared COT information. The shared COT information is carried in the uplink control information.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包含信道状态信息CSI比特位,所述CSI比特位用于指示所述终端设备上报所述共享COT信息。The access network device according to claim 29, wherein the first message further includes channel state information CSI bits, and the CSI bits are used to instruct the terminal device to report the shared COT information.
  31. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括处理器、存储器和收发器;A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;
    所述收发器用于进行消息的接收和发送;The transceiver is used to receive and send messages;
    所述存储器用于存储指令;The memory is used to store instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的指令,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的指令时,所述终端设备用于执行权利要求1-9所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the terminal device is configured to execute the method according to claims 1-9.
  32. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接入网设备包括处理器、存储器和收发器;An access network device, characterized in that the access network device includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;
    所述收发器用于进行消息的接收和发送;The transceiver is used to receive and send messages;
    所述存储器用于存储指令;The memory is used to store instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的指令,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的指令时,所述接入网设备用于执行权利要求10-15所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the access network device is configured to execute the method according to claims 10-15.
  33. 一种可读存储介质,用于存储指令,使如权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法被实现。A readable storage medium for storing instructions to enable the method according to any one of claims 1-9 to be implemented.
  34. 一种可读存储介质,用于存储指令,使如权利要求10-15中任一项所述的方法被实现。A readable storage medium for storing instructions to enable the method according to any one of claims 10-15 to be implemented.
  35. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。A communication device, wherein the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, the computer program For performing the method according to any one of claims 1-9.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于执行如权利要求10-15任一项所述的方法。A communication device, wherein the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, the computer program For performing the method according to any one of claims 10-15.
PCT/CN2020/072295 2019-01-29 2020-01-15 Communication method, terminal device, and access network device WO2020156180A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910086573.3A CN111491392B (en) 2019-01-29 2019-01-29 Communication method, terminal equipment and access network equipment
CN201910086573.3 2019-01-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020156180A1 true WO2020156180A1 (en) 2020-08-06

Family

ID=71811457

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/072295 WO2020156180A1 (en) 2019-01-29 2020-01-15 Communication method, terminal device, and access network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111491392B (en)
WO (1) WO2020156180A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210378011A1 (en) * 2020-05-26 2021-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Sharing channel occupancy time across nodes of an integrated access backhaul network
CN116097872A (en) * 2020-09-03 2023-05-09 高通股份有限公司 PDCCH-based User Equipment (UE) Channel Occupancy Time (COT) trigger in frame-based Equipment (FBE) mode

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022047750A1 (en) * 2020-09-04 2022-03-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Lbt parameter determining method and apparatus, device and medium
CN114389721A (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-22 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Channel occupation time sharing method, device, system and storage medium
CN114389722A (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-22 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Channel occupation time sharing method, device, system and storage medium

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106922032A (en) * 2017-02-27 2017-07-04 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Data time-domain transmission method and control method, terminal, base station and baseband chip
US20170231011A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for ue signal transmission in 5g cellular communications
CN107431591A (en) * 2015-01-28 2017-12-01 交互数字专利控股公司 For the uplink operation without the LTE in authorized frequency bands
CN107889114A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-06 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of unlicensed spectrum channel occupancy
CN107948988A (en) * 2017-11-16 2018-04-20 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 A kind of resource control method and relevant device
CN108352956A (en) * 2015-12-29 2018-07-31 韩国电子通信研究院 Method and apparatus for sending detection reference signal in the wireless communication system of unlicensed band and the method and apparatus for triggering sounding reference signal transmission enhancement

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107431591A (en) * 2015-01-28 2017-12-01 交互数字专利控股公司 For the uplink operation without the LTE in authorized frequency bands
CN108352956A (en) * 2015-12-29 2018-07-31 韩国电子通信研究院 Method and apparatus for sending detection reference signal in the wireless communication system of unlicensed band and the method and apparatus for triggering sounding reference signal transmission enhancement
US20170231011A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for ue signal transmission in 5g cellular communications
CN107889114A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-06 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of unlicensed spectrum channel occupancy
CN106922032A (en) * 2017-02-27 2017-07-04 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Data time-domain transmission method and control method, terminal, base station and baseband chip
CN107948988A (en) * 2017-11-16 2018-04-20 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 A kind of resource control method and relevant device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Initial Access in NR Unlicensed", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #94 R1-1808062, 24 August 2018 (2018-08-24), XP051515466, DOI: 20200325132418X *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210378011A1 (en) * 2020-05-26 2021-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Sharing channel occupancy time across nodes of an integrated access backhaul network
CN116097872A (en) * 2020-09-03 2023-05-09 高通股份有限公司 PDCCH-based User Equipment (UE) Channel Occupancy Time (COT) trigger in frame-based Equipment (FBE) mode

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111491392B (en) 2022-05-24
CN111491392A (en) 2020-08-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11979907B2 (en) Methods and apparatuses for COT sharing in unlicensed spectrum
CN110166182B (en) Method for managing contention window and sending equipment
CN109863708B (en) Method and apparatus for HARQ feedback for unscheduled uplink
WO2020156180A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and access network device
KR102573803B1 (en) LAA competition window adaptive control method and apparatus
US20190335496A1 (en) Channel listening method and apparatus
US20180288625A1 (en) Uplink channel access, reservation and data transmission for licensed assist access long term evolution (laa-lte)
JP7030213B2 (en) Methods and equipment for determining contention window size
US11589384B2 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device
US9113478B2 (en) Methods and apparatus for requesting and allocating resources in multiple transmission opportunities
CN114499803B (en) Method for transmitting data, communication device, and computer storage medium
WO2020200092A1 (en) Uplink information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021097590A1 (en) Systems and methods for determining information indicative of cancelation
WO2021056209A1 (en) Method for wireless communication and device
JP2022550411A (en) Configured UL with repetition
WO2017049906A1 (en) Multiplexing sending and receiving method and device for discovery signal and physical downlink shared channel
US11528714B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20220046696A1 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink data information transmission in wireless communication system
WO2019157919A1 (en) Contention window management method and sending device
US20240015711A1 (en) Communication method, terminal apparatus, and system
WO2018201584A1 (en) Competition-based transmission method and device
WO2014047918A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for contention-based transmission
WO2023165468A1 (en) Resource determination method and device
WO2019037733A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending or receiving uplink data
CN117769047A (en) Data transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20748331

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20748331

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1